+ All Categories
Home > Documents > 1845645006Timetable Planning

1845645006Timetable Planning

Date post: 18-Apr-2015
Category:
Upload: pedro-henriques
View: 81 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
225
Transcript
Page 1: 1845645006Timetable Planning
Page 2: 1845645006Timetable Planning

WITeLibraryHome of the Transactions of the Wessex Institute, the WIT electronic-library

provides the international scientific community with immediate and permanentaccess to individual papers presented at WIT conferences. Visit the WIT eLibrary

at http://library.witpress.com

WIT Press publishes leading books in Science and Technology.Visit our website for the current list of titles.

www.witpress.com

WITPRESS

Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 3: 1845645006Timetable Planning

This page intentionally left blank

Page 4: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Editor: Ingo A. HansenDelft University of Technology

Page 5: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Published by

WIT PressAshurst Lodge, Ashurst, Southampton, SO40 7AA, UKTel: 44 (0) 238 029 3223; Fax: 44 (0) 238 029 2853E-Mail: [email protected]://www.witpress.com

For USA, Canada and Mexico

WIT Press25 Bridge Street, Billerica, MA 01821, USATel: 978 667 5841; Fax: 978 667 7582E-Mail: [email protected]://www.witpress.com

British Library Cataloguing-in-Publication DataA Catalogue record for this book is availablefrom the British Library

ISBN: 978-1-84564-500-7

Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 2010920856

The texts of the papers in this volume were setindividually by the authors or under their supervision.

No responsibility is assumed by the Publisher, the Editors and Authors for any injuryand/or damage to persons or property as a matter of products liability, negligence orotherwise, or from any use or operation of any methods, products, instructions orideas contained in the material herein. The Publisher does not necessarily endorsethe ideas held, or views expressed by the Editors or Authors of the material containedin its publications.

© WIT Press 2010

Printed in Great Britain by MPG Book Group.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in aretrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical,photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of thePublisher.

Editor: Ingo A. HansenDelft University of Technology

Page 6: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Contents Part A. Timetabling

RailML – a standard data interface for railroad applications A. Nash, D. Huerlimann, J. Schuette & V.P. Krauss ..................................... 3 Timetable stability - using simulation to ensure quality in a regular interval timetable J. Demitz, C. Hübschen & C. Albrecht ........................................................ 11 Crystal diagram: a technique for making high-density diagrams K. Katsuta, T. Takano, K. Oguma, D. Watanabe & T. Uemura................... 25 State-of-the-art of railway operations research I.A. Hansen .................................................................................................. 35 A Decision Support System for railway timetabling (MOM): the Spanish case F. Barber, P. Tormos, A. Lova, L. Ingolotti, M.A. Salido & M. Abril ........ 49 Method and software tool for an optimized passenger orientated connection management M. Klemenz & A. Radtke ............................................................................ 59 Applying multiscaling analysis to detect capacity resources in railway networks A. Gille, M. Klemenz & Th. Siefer.............................................................. 73

Part B. Operations Analysis Simulation of disturbances and modelling of expected train passenger delays A. Landex & O.A. Nielsen........................................................................... 85

Page 7: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Evaluating stochastic train process time distribution models on the basis of empirical detection data J. Yuan, R.M.P. Goverde & I.A. Hansen ..................................................... 95 Development of a dwell time calculation model for timetable planning S. Buchmueller,U. Weidmann & A. Nash ................................................. 105 Evaluation of punctuality on a heavily utilised railway line with mixed traffic O. Lindveldt ............................................................................................... 115 Automated analysis of train event recorder data to improve micro-simulation models S. de Fabris, G. Longo & G. Medeossi ...................................................... 125

Part C. Rescheduling Optimal train control at a junction in the main line rail network using a new object-oriented signalling system model R. Takagi, P.F. Weston, C.J. Goodman, C. Bouch, J. Armstrong, J. Preston & S. Sone................................................................................... 137 Running time re-optimization during real-time timetable perturbations A. D'Ariano & T. Albrecht......................................................................... 147 An algorithm for train rescheduling using rescheduling pattern description language R C. Hirai, N. Tomii, Y. Tashiro, S. Kondou & A. Fujimori ........................ 157 The contribution of state resources in a constraint-based scheduling model for conflict solving at railway junctions J. Rodriguez ............................................................................................... 169 A Petri nets based decision support tool for railway traffic conflicts forecasting and resolution S. Ricci & A. Tieri ..................................................................................... 179 Comparing the effectiveness of two real-time train rescheduling systems in the case of perturbed traffic conditions S. Wegele, F. Corman & A. D’Ariano....................................................... 189 A novel train rescheduling algorithm for correcting disrupted train operations in a dense urban environment K. Kumazawa, K. Hara & T. Koseki ......................................................... 199 Author index............................................................................................. 209

Page 8: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Preface This edition provides selected papers presented during the last three Conferences on Computer System Design and Operations in the Railway and other Transit Systems in 2004, 2006 and 2008. The papers, many of which have been updated for this edition, are divided into three parts, that is, Timetabling, Operations Analysis, and Rescheduling. The selection is made in order to emphasise the possibilities for closing the loop between computer-aided offline planning and design of scheduled railway services on one hand and online analysis of operations performance on the other. Feedback communication of deviations from service quality standards in real-time to customers combined with efficient information and decision support systems for railway staff enable a fast adaptation of traffic flows and schedules in case of disturbances and can increase customer satisfaction significantly. Part A starts with a brief description by A. Nash et al. about the standard interface RailML for railroad applications. The current simulation programs of railway timetable and operations suffers from a lack of a suitable format of data input that require specific interface programs for data transfer between different applications. By using the web-based eXtensible Markup Language XML the description of timetable, infrastructure and rolling stock data RailML produces export files that can, in principle, be used by any other application. This means less costs and time would be required for the preparation of input data for different software, while comparative cross-border network studies will become easier. In the second paper J. Demitz et al. estimate timetable quality in a very large and densely occupied railway network of North Rhine-Westphalia/Germany. Timetable alterations of running and dwell times according to different rolling stock characteristics are simulated simultaneously in order to compute train delays and to compare with observed punctuality during real operations. K. Katsuta et al. present Crystal diagrams as technique for the design of high-density train diagrams, which enables to calculate minimum headway between trains and period of schedules at (terminal) stations as function of track layout, signalling, speed, train length, track occupation and clearance in order to optimise the circulation of trains. The forth paper by I. Hansen gives an overview of the state-of-the-art of analytical and micro-simulation models for improving timetable and operations

Page 9: 1845645006Timetable Planning

quality, capacity estimation and delay propagation. A precise estimation of blocking times based on realistic train running times is considered the key to model well railway traffic and to increase infrastructure capacity, as well as punctuality of train services. F. Barber et al. present in the fifth paper a decision support system for railway planners developed recently in Spain. It offers assistance in train scheduling, while automatically identifying bottlenecks and providing support for conflict resolution: The sixth paper by M. Klemenz & A. Radtke describes a comprehensive model and tool for optimised passenger connection management in a network using graph theory. The costs emerging from additional travel times of all involved passengers and train schedules are minimised by searching the shortest path in a given network timetable. In the last paper of this part A. Gille et al. discuss the benefits of different levels of accuracy of infrastructure models and propose a multi-scaling approach for capacity analysis, which allows switching between micro-, meso- and macroscopic models by means of timetable file conversion. Part B comprises five papers with regard to analysis and simulation of train operations. In the first one A. Landex & O.A. Nielsen present an integrated analysis and simulation model for the estimation of trip times, rerouting of passenger flows and delays in case of disturbance in the suburban railway network of Copenhagen in order to evaluate the impact of infrastructure improvements. J. Yuan et al. evaluate the statistical fit of common probability distribution models for observed stochastic train process times in a major Dutch railway station. The best approximate models found are the log-normal distribution for arrival times and the Weibull distribution for non-negative arrival and departure delays, as well as dwell times of late arrivals of trains whose departure times are not connected to other lines. S. Buchmueller et al. describe detailed models for the estimation of sub-process dwell times of different rolling stock based on automatic passenger counting data of suburban railway trains in Switzerland. O. Lindveldt introduces a simulation model for initial delays, run times and dwell times of different types of trains on the Western main railway line in Sweden, which demonstrates a rather good matching with recorded punctuality. S. de Fabris et al. introduce a new tool for detailed analysis and simulation of real-life train movements depending on synchronised position data via GPS, signal status messages via balises and train dynamics from speedometer that are recorded on-board of Italian trains and transmitted via radio continuously. A case study of the traffic on the main line from Trieste to Venice shows the good fit of recorded and simulated data after accurate calibration of the braking and acceleration parameters of the micro-simulation tool OpenTrack. Part C compiles seven papers on recently developed rescheduling models of trains in Great Britain, Germany, Japan, France, Italy and the Netherlands. R. Takagi et al. present an optimisation routine embedded in an Object-Oriented Multi-Train Simulator, which uses a Genetic Algorithm for the order of route

Page 10: 1845645006Timetable Planning

setting according to different weights of passenger and freight trains at a railway junction on the Birmingham to Bristol line in case of incidents. A. D’Ariano & T. Albrecht develop a model for the estimation of optimised running times in order to minimise train delays and energy consumption in case of disturbance on a Dutch railway line. The headway conflict recognition and resolution adopts blocking time theory and train schedules are modelled as alternative graphs. C. Hirai et al. propose an algorithm for automatic analysis and selection of rescheduling patterns in case of disturbances, where the rules are written in a specific language so that dispatchers can easily understand the instructions. J. Rodriguez introduces a constraint-based scheduling model for the resolution of conflicts at railway junctions, where the individual train movements are described as jobs performing a sequence of activities that are linked by a set of precedence constraints. Optimal routes and corresponding track circuits for the resolution of conflicting train movements are assigned by means of a heuristic approach, which was validated on the infrastructure and scheduled trains of major railway junction North of Paris. S. Ricci & A. Tieri present a Petri net model for conflict forecasting and resolution, e.g. automatic overtaking of trains, which has been simulated in both un-perturbed and perturbed conditions on the high-density Italian railway line Roma-Formia. S. Wegele et al. compare the effectiveness of the two rescheduling tools ROMA developed in the Netherlands and GADis developed in Germany by testing their performance in simulated delay scenarios on a main Dutch railway corridor between Utrecht and Den Bosch. While ROMA solves the scheduling problem by means of a branch and bound algorithm and a train speed coordination procedure based on blocking time theory, the train paths in GADis are inserted heuristically one by one, reordered and varied by evolutionary genetic algorithms. The rescheduling performance of both models differs slightly, which is explained by different modelling of the signalling and automatic train protection system and its impact on train dynamics. Finally, K. Kumazawa et al. present a rescheduling system based on path search for train schedules by means of PERT, which are weighted by the estimated amount of passenger travel times, transfer passengers and passengers discomfort in trains due to overload, while the time needed for planning and execution of the rescheduling measures is considered in the model. Further progress in research and development of innovative methods and tools to (re)design efficient timetables that enable high capacity consumption provides reliable train services according to transport demand and are robust against regular disturbances. Fast real-time data mining and monitoring tools that exploit standard train detection, signalling and track occupation/clearance data will become more and more available and improve the quality of timetabling, performance of operations and passenger information. Computer-aided dynamic traffic management systems and fast, accurate semi-automatic rescheduling tools are needed to alleviate traffic controllers and dispatchers from routine tasks and offer effective decision support in complex networks.

Page 11: 1845645006Timetable Planning

This page intentionally left blank

Page 12: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Part A Timetabling

Page 13: 1845645006Timetable Planning

This page intentionally left blank

Page 14: 1845645006Timetable Planning

RailML – a standard data interface for railroad applications

A. Nash1, D. Huerlimann1, J. Schuette2 & V. P. Krauss2 1Institute of Transportation Planning and Systems, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, Switzerland 2Fraunhofer Institute for Transportation Systems and Infrastructure, Germany

Abstract

The growing number of computer programs used to model different aspects of railway operations has created the need for a simple and efficient way to transfer data between applications. In the past, specialized interface programs have been developed to transfer data but this is an inefficient and time-consuming process. As the number of different railway simulation and operations programs increases, developing and maintaining individual interfaces will become impractical. RailML has been developed using the XML (eXtensible Markup Language) to simplify data transfer through the use of a common data structure. Programs using the RailML language produce export files with the RailML structure, these files can then be used directly by other RailML compatible programs. RailML is an open source project being supported and developed by a growing list of partners. The paper presents a more detailed description of RailML, outlines the application’s current status, and invites new partners to join the consortium. Keywords: railway simulation, timetabling, XML, RailML, data transfer, transportation data mark-up languages.

1 Introduction: problem and solution

RailML is an open source data structure that has been developed to simplify the transfer of data between various railroad simulation and operations computer programs. This chapter describes the RailML program and the problem it has been developed to address.

Timetabling 3

Page 15: 1845645006Timetable Planning

1.1 Railway data exchange problem

Today, the computer has become a standard tool in the planning and operation of all businesses, and railroads are no exception. In the last few years the number of specialized computer programs designed to address all aspects of the railroad business from timetable construction to staff assignment to infrastructure planning has mushroomed. In most cases these programs have different data structures and protocols. As the number of programs and applications grows, the variety of different data structures becomes more and more unwieldy.

In order to efficiently use several different applications for planning improvements to railroad operations together, data must be exported from one program and imported into another for further processing. This can be done by copying data between applications (a long and tedious process for programs with any significant amount of data) or by using an automatic data transfer program (transparent for the user). Several specialized interfaces between programs currently exist, but as the number of railway applications grows this solution becomes less efficient.

Transferring data between two particular programs requires that two different interfaces be developed (one for each direction of transfer). As the number of programs increases the number of possible data transfers increases significantly. For example, assuming there are five programs, in theory twenty specialized interfaces need to be developed for full data exchange between all programs. In general terms, if the number of programs, n, increases linearly, the number of interfaces [n * (n-1)] increases quadradically.

As the number of new technical solutions, such as Tracking & Tracing, real time estimates and adjustments, increases, so will the number of railway programs increase. Clearly, the number of new interfaces to be developed for these new applications represents a great challenge to the railroad industry.

1.2 Standard formats for efficient data exchange

The situation in the railroad industry is not unusual, as computers become more ubiqueous in society there is a growing need for efficient data exchange. Today these types of data incompatibility problems are being addressed using "open and universally usable data formats". Such formats are generally developed using the eXtensible mark-up language (XML) as a basis (e.g. MathML for mathematical expressions and GML for geographical data).

XML was developed by the World Wide Web consortium for use in WWW applications (the most well-known mark-up language is XHTML). XML is not an application language, but rather a set of rules that can be used to define other “mark-up” languages and therefore functions as a meta language. The major advantage of XML based documents is that they describe both data as well as the data’s structure. Therefore, XML was an ideal solution for transfer and storage of railroad data.

The data transfer problem created as the number of applications increases can be solved by means of EAI (Enterprise Application Integration). EAI enables the collaboration of different programs by creating standard interfaces, which are

4 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 16: 1845645006Timetable Planning

independent of any given application, but focus on the objects to be exchanged. The corresponding object descriptions are based on XML syntax.

Effective data exchange between two applications requires that each program include a function for generating XML data (export) and a function for reading in and interpreting XML files (import). Due to both the widespread use of XML and the standardization caused by the World Wide Web, most computer application development platforms include pre-defined libraries and functions for the processing of XML based data, which substantially reduces the time needed to develop import and export functions for creating specialized applications such as for railroads.

1.3 Development of RailML

In 2001, a group of railroad application developers formed a free partnership with the objective of developing an open source XML-based language for railroad applications that would be called RailML. The partnership was originally organized by researchers from the German Fraunhofer Institute for Transportation Systems and Infrastructure in Dresden (FhG-IVI) and the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology’s Institute for Transportation Planning and Systems (ETH IVT).

The partnership is organized under the name RailML Consortium (www.railml.org) and has expanded to include researchers from several universities, railroad operating companies, private research institutes, and consulting firms. The Fraunhofer Institute serves as the partnership’s technical coordinator providing resources such as the web page and discussion forum.

As a partnership, the development of RailML is based on suggestions, comments, and criticism of the partners. Individual application developers work together in a coordinated fashion to complete the actual work of developing elements of RailML. These developers form groups (open to all interested partners) based on individual interests and then communicate through moderated on-line user forums, newsgroups, and at regular meetings. As groups finish work on RailML elements, consortium members serving as technical coordinators finalize them and publish the standards (similar to the RFC for the Internet).

In summary, RailML standards are developed in the context of technical discussions that are open to everyone interested in developing applications for the railroad industry.

2 RailML schemas

RailML is a generic language that can be used to describe railway-related data. The language has been divided into sub-formats (or schemas) for particular types of railway data. RailML consortium partners are currently developing data structures for the three main types of data files used in railroad simulation: timetable (schedule), infrastructure (with subsets for lines and stations), and rolling stock. Figure 1 illustrates the RailML schemas.

Timetabling 5

Page 17: 1845645006Timetable Planning

At present the RailML timetable structure is most developed and has already been incorporated into several applications (e.g. OpenTrack, FBS, Viriato and OpenTimeTable [1]). A significant amount of work has been completed on both the infrastructure and rolling stock schemas, but these have not yet been finalized. Several additional schema have been suggested.

Figure 1: Existing RailML schemas.

As a web-based development partnership, each schema has its own newsgroup open for discussion. The newsgroups' purpose is two-fold: first, newsgroup partners exchange information; second, knowledge and processing of definitions is discussed and archived. RailML.org also supports a newsgroup for general exchange and discussions that are not schema-related.

3 Data transfer with RailML

RailML is a simple and efficient way to transfer data between computer programs used to model different aspects of railroad operations. Programs using the RailML language produce export files with the RailML structure; these files can then be used directly by other programs. The receiving program parses the incoming file to obtain only the data it needs, which allows many different programs to use the same data file.

RailML provides two ways for data exchange. The first consists of running applications separately and having them produce output files that are then used as inputs for other applications. The second approach, currently under development, consists of transferring data between two applications directly by means of interprocess communication (e.g. Web services via TCP/IP) to expenditure-exchange, i.e. without the detour of a file. Figure 2 illustrates the two forms of data transfer process.

6 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 18: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 2: Examples of RailML data transfer.

4 RailML structure

This chapter describes the general structure of a RailML file using the timetable schema as an example.

RailML is an XML-based language, this means that data files include both data and descriptions of the data that they contain. All XML derived languages use a very simple and flexible ASCII title format for their documents. In all cases the documents are hierarchical, they form of a tree layout, i.e. each document has a clear root element, from which navigation can start using the general document structure (common to all RailML documents) as a guide.

The RailML document’s root element is called <railml>. The sub-schemas (infrastructure, rolling stock, and timetable), which contain the railway-relevant data, are then derived from this root structure. Using this flexible approach, each individual RailML compatible application determines which particular types of data should be used.

The data in XML documents are organized and administered by means of elements and attributes. A RailML element begins with a start tag “< railml >”, and ends with an ending tag “</railml>”. An element can have attributes for more detailed description and may also contain additional elements.

Figure 4 illustrates an example RailML document, which contains timetable data. Under the element “< timetable >” are listed the individual courses in the element “< train >”. The most important attribute of a course, the course number (trainID), is required; other attributes are optional.

Every train running (course) contains as many timetable entries as desired “< entry >”, which are arranged listed under the element of “<timetableentries>”. The individual timetable entries contain attributes such as station abbreviation (pos ID), arrival time (arrival), departure time (departure), or minimum station stopping time (min stop time).

Timetabling 7

Page 19: 1845645006Timetable Planning

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <!-- edited with OpenTrack (http://www.opentrack.ch) --> <railml xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2000/10/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="timetable.xsd">

<timetable version="0.95" scheduleformat="hh:mm:ss" periodformat="s"> <train trainID="RX 100.2" type="planned" source="opentrack"> <timetableentries> <entry posID="ZU" departure="06:08:00" type="begin"> </entry> <entry posID="ZWI" departure="06:10:30" type="pass"> </entry> <entry posID="ZOER" arrival="06:16:00" departure="06:17:00" minStopTime="9" type="stop"> </entry> <entry posID="WS" departure="06:21:00" type="pass"> </entry> <entry posID="DUE" departure="06:23:00" type="pass"> </entry> <entry posID="SCW" departure="06:27:00" type="pass"> </entry> <entry posID="NAE" departure="06:29:00" type="pass"> </entry> <entry posID="UST" arrival="06:34:30" type="stop"> </entry> </timetableentries> </train> </timetable> </railml>

Figure 3: Example RailML document.

As Figure 3 illustrates, the RailML language is very similar to other XML-based languages and therefore relatively easy to understand and use.

5 RailML consortium

As outlined above, RailML is being developed as open source data format by a group of railroad application developers who have joined together to form the RailML Consortium. Program development is being led by the Fraunhofer Institute and now includes many partners from academia and industry. As a partnership all development is based on suggestions, comments, and criticism of the partners.

Partners have two main responsibilities; first, to help develop RailML; and, second to encourage the wide dissemination and application of RailML. New partners are welcome to join the consortium at any time [2].

There are two types of partners: Supportive Partners and Development Partners. Supportive Partners receive the copyright for XML schemas (according to the licensing terms and conditions) and are listed on the RailML web site with a link to their respective homepage. Development Partners take an active part in

8 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 20: 1845645006Timetable Planning

developing schemas by providing suggestions, comments, and recommendations. Each schema has its own set of development partners.

Today the use of the RailML-schemes by all partners is free, as long the formats and the copyright of railML.org are respected. Since autumn 2003, RailML is a registered trademark.

Every application, which is be able to read or write RailML-data by a railML-scheme can be allowed to use the following RailML-Logo:

Figure 4: RailML-logo.

6 Conclusions – benefits for simulation and timetabling

The RailML project’s objective is to simplify data transfer between the growing number of computerized rail simulation programs through the use of a common data structure. This is extremely beneficial in that it allows railroad planners and operators to easily use several different types of computer applications, using each to do what it does best. In the past, specialized interface programs were developed to transfer data between applications, but this is an inefficient and time-consuming process. Furthermore, as the number of applications increases, developing and maintaining these individual interfaces is becoming impractical.

Already several different railroad applications include interfaces that use the RailML format to import and export timetable data between applications. These programs include: FBS, Viriato, OpenTrack, and OpenTimeTable.

References

[1] For more information on these programmes please see: www.opentrack.ch www.irfp.de/fbs, www.viriato.ch, www.opentimetable.ch.

[2] All information about RailML can be found at www.railml.org. [3] Fries, N., 2003, Modellierung und Abbildung einer Eisenbahn-

Infrastruktur auf ein Schema der XML-basierten Schnittstelle RailML (Diplomarbeit, TU Dresden, Professur für Verkehrssicherungstechnik, Dresden).

[4] Hengartner, M., 2003, Grafikeditor für RailML-basierte Infrastrukturdaten (Diplomarbeit, ETH Zürich, Institut für Verkehrsplanung und Transportsysteme, Zürich).

[5] Hürlimann, D., 2002, Objektorientierte Modellierung von Infrastrukturelementen und Betriebsvorgängen im Eisenbahnwesen, 2002, Institut für Verkehrsplanung und Transportsysteme, ETH Zürich, Schriftenreihe des IVT, Nr. 125.

Timetabling 9

Page 21: 1845645006Timetable Planning

[6] Montigel, M., 2002, Time-triggered exchange of train route data between train control systems, in Computers in Railways, edited by J. Allan, R. J. Hill, C. A. Brebbia, G. Sciutto & S. Sone (WIT Press, Southampton), pp. 33–41.

[7] Hoffmann, R., Krauss, V.P., 2001, RailML als Datenaustauschformat für Eisenbahnsoftware (Projektbeschreibungen und -berichte sowie Konzepte, Fraunhofer Gesellschaft e.V., Institut für Verkehrs- und Infrastruktur-systeme, Dresden).

10 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 22: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Timetable stability - using simulation to ensure quality in a regular interval timetable

J. Demitz1, C. Hübschen2 & C. Albrecht3 1Rail Management Consultants Ltd., Germany 2DB Regionalbahn Westfalen GmbH, Germany 3Regionalleitung NRW – Ressort Produktion, Germany

Abstract

A regular interval timetable is characterised by train services that run in a fixed pattern, e.g. every 60 minutes. All trains of the pattern depart at the same station at the same minute during the whole day. To enable the passengers to reach all stations that cannot be connected by direct trains there are connections between several services at network nodes. The connection times are often short (generally less than 8 minutes). Therefore, there is a strong demand for a very good on time running in the network. Otherwise delays will be transferred between trains that do not interact directly or connections for passengers are lost. The 2003 passenger timetable was constructed from the concept worked out by North Rhine-Westphalia’s ministry of transport that is commissioner for the regional train services. This regional passenger concept had approx. 5,300 passenger train runs per day. It considered all political requests regarding service frequency, stopping patterns, etc.

1 Introduction

The 2003 regular interval timetable in North Rhine-Westphalia is designed to meet the following objectives in public transport politics:

• Increasing the services in regional and long distance passenger services

• Optimising the on-time-running of passenger services • Optimising track bound freight services

Railway passengers demand short journey times and convenient connections between different services. To ensure the planned arrival at the destination the

Timetabling 11

Page 23: 1845645006Timetable Planning

on-time-running level must be high. This requires a robust and reliable railway operation. To recover from delays reserves like running time allowances and buffer times between train runs have to be considered in a sensible way. A regular interval timetable has network wide dependences. On the one hand there are boundary conditions from the passenger flow, like connections between different trains at the network nodes. On the other hand there are operational constraints like track occupations from several trains within a short period of time. This becomes even more significant where fast and slow passenger trains and freight trains have to share the same track sections. These interactions need to be handled by an integrated examination of the whole network. The experiences during the first phase of the regular interval timetable in NRW (1998) showed that the robustness and reliability of the timetable was dependant on good planning. Therefore, the second phase of the timetable concept was investigated by a detailed timetable simulation before the services started in reality. This investigation performed by Rail Management Consultants Ltd. (RMCon) from Hanover, Germany [1] with the help of the railway simulation system RailSys. The main aim was to find out where operational weaknesses are and how they could be solved before the timetable was set into operation. The results showed that the timetable would be robust under the given circumstances like modern rolling stock, etc. As some of these conditions could not be met in reality further investigation was needed with regard to the changed circumstances. RMCon has developed the Timetable and Infrastructure Management System RailSys to perform operational investigations on large railway networks. Timetables can be constructed regarding the exact block occupation times of each train run in a detailed planning process. In the following simulation all train runs of the constructed timetable are modelled for the whole network. The consequences of delays obstructing other trains are modelled. This allows judging of interactions between different parameters such as delays, rolling stock parameters and signalling equipment.

2 Initial situation and objectives

The original 2003 timetable concept was based on several boundary conditions that could not be met at the beginning of the timetable period. On the one hand modern rolling stock was expected which has higher velocities, higher acceleration rates and allows shorter dwell times because of larger doorways. On the other hand several stops needed longer time than scheduled. These circumstances caused delays in the regular operation and the on-time-running performance was not as good as expected. The on time running performance measured in real operation did not meet the simulated figures from the investigation of the 2003 timetable concept done by Rail Management Consultants Ltd. (RMCon) from Hanover, Germany. There was the need to improve the database regarding the changed boundary conditions. This led into a new investigation of the whole NRW railway network. The investigation to increase the on time running of the 2003 timetable

12 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 24: 1845645006Timetable Planning

of North Rhine-Westphalia, Germany, was commissioned by Germany’s largest regional train operator DB Regio AG. In the timetable there are a lot of connections between different regional services as well as between regional and long distance services. This requirement and a high frequency of trains, creates a lot of dependencies between the train runs. Problems in one network area are carried on to other areas of the network. The aim of the detailed investigation of the 2003 timetable was to find solutions for improving the on time running by adjusting the timetable to the changed boundary conditions. This included e.g. adaptations of scheduled running times and dwell times to reduce delays. The political requests (service frequency, stopping patterns, connections, etc.) in the timetable had to be kept up. The investigation’s aim was to find solutions to solve the described problems within the planned timetable concept. If alterations in services were needed the basic timetable concept always had to kept up. The results should prepare the registration of train paths at the German railway network provider, DB Netz AG.

Figure 1: Timetable and infrastructure management system RailSys.

Timetabling 13

Page 25: 1845645006Timetable Planning

3 Investigations to improve the on-time-running of the 2003 timetable in North Rhine-Westphalia

3.1 Work packages

Within the examination the following work packages have been realised: • Establishing the model (timetable and infrastructure data import,

adjustment of used rolling stock) • Evaluation of services with rolling stock and dwell time problems • Construction of timetable scenarios to solve problems • Simulation of two timetable scenarios to investigate the use of increased

scheduled dwell times • Delivery of timetable modifications to DB Netz AG to be considered in

the construction of the working timetable

3.2 Timetable and Infrastructure Management System RailSys

The evaluation of the 2003 NRW railway timetable was done with the Timetable and Infrastructure Management System RailSys. RMCon and the Institute of Transport, Railway Construction and Operation (IVE) of the University of Hanover, Germany [2] developed this software for rail bound traffic. RailSys allows a very precise computer aided modelling of operational procedures in railway networks. All relevant safety systems and operational conditions are included. It is designed with the special ability to model large and complex railway networks on a microscopic base. The software runs on a standard Microsoft Windows PC as well as Unix/Linux Computers. The system architecture of RailSys software is shown in Figure 1.

3.2.1 Input data The model needs the following input data:

• Infrastructure - Track layout (length, gradients, turnout locations, etc.) - Safety system (signal positions, signalling system, route setting

times, etc.) • Operation

- Vehicle data (traction units, train length, train mass, etc.) - Timetable data (arrival and departure times, planned running times,

platforms used, etc.) • Simulation

- Delays (entering the system late, dwell time delays, etc) - Dispatching rules (alternative platforms, priorities, etc.)

3.2.2 Timetable construction and simulation Timetables can be constructed with RailSys’ timetable manager. It calculates all block occupation times for each train run and automatically detects all conflicts between train runs across the whole network. The user can solve these conflicts

14 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 26: 1845645006Timetable Planning

interactively with the help of an automatically generated timetable graph. All construction rules, like margins between trains, and running time reserves, such as general allowances or allowances for engineering works, can be displayed during the construction. Figure 2 shows RailSys’ graphical user interface for the timetable construction.

Figure 2: RailSys timetable construction user interface.

Creating a conflict free static timetable does not suffice to prove whether a timetable will result in satisfying operational quality, or will generate a delay-burdened operation that satisfies neither the operator nor the passenger [3]. Only an operational simulation can verify the operational program substantially and evaluate the operational quality before the timetable is launched. Therefore, in addition to the timetable construction, the operational simulation is the substantial component of RailSys. To check the robustness of an operational program several timetables representing a series of operational days are overlaid with various automatically generated perturbations (multiple simulation). These perturbations are normally based on real operations’ experience and are represented by probability distributions. Different distributions can be implemented for each train run at each station, or at other

Timetabling 15

Page 27: 1845645006Timetable Planning

places in the network where perturbations can occur. Delays can also be added to trains as they enter the simulation area. In the multiple simulation each train run gets different perturbations from its distribution on each operational day. Integrated routing algorithms simulate the actions traffic controllers would take to influence the disrupted traffic flow. Thereby signalling rules and priority strategies are considered. Other possibilities of delay transfer are reversing or connected trains. If a train turns around at its ultimate destination, delays are transferred to the next train in the opposite direction. There can also be connections between different services in the network nodes representing trains held back to ensure the passengers’ flow from another train. Running time or dwell time allowances are taken into account, reducing the delays caused directly by perturbations or indirectly by delayed train runs. After the simulation, the average delays of all train runs over a period of several days or weeks are evaluated. This shows where operational problems exist in the network and visualises possible bottlenecks. If problems and/or bottlenecks occur there is the option of reducing the timetable requirements, or increasing the infrastructure capabilities. After the delay evaluation an iterative process starts to optimise the combination between the requested timetable and the required infrastructure. Additionally on-time-running figures and the percentage of kept or cancelled connections can be evaluated.

3.3 Database

The investigation area covers the whole railway network of Germany’s state of North Rhine-Westphalia. The infrastructure and timetable data was delivered by DB Netz AG in digital format from the currently used timetable construction tool RUT. The data covers all details of railway infrastructure as signal position, turnout locations, gradients, speed limits, etc. Because of the complexity of the network the infrastructure data in RUT had to be divided into 12 independent partial networks. This data was imported into RailSys and connected to one network free of redundancies as shown in Figure 3. The 2003 timetable data was also imported into RailSys from the RUT system. This data was completed with extra information about platform working in the stations and reversing connections at the trains’ final destinations and the currently used rolling stock.

3.4 Timetable construction

To construct a network-wide conflict free timetable as a base case, the different data sources had to be merged. This complete database allowed working out concepts to solve the operational problems. Therefore, several scenarios were constructed regarding the following problems:

• Extension of scheduled dwell times in highly frequented stations for fast regional trains (RegionalExpress RE) within the existing timetable

• Alternative timetable concepts for services using rolling stock with speed restrictions to reduce delays from extended running times

16 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 28: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 3: Entire railway infrastructure of North Rhine-Westphalia in RailSys.

RailSys allows a very efficient timetable construction. If conflicts between trains occur because of alterations in the timetable they are detected on the whole network simultaneously. These conflicts can be solved using different platforms in stations or adjusting train runs following each other on the line. The original arrival and departure times from the imported timetable are available in RailSys as requested times. This allows analysing the deviation of the newly constructed train run from the original train run. To create a complete 24-hour timetable the trains can be constructed in a pattern structure. All trains of one service pattern can be modified in parallel. The whole timetable construction is done with regard to valid timetabling rules used by the DB AG. These rules cover basic running time allowances, special running time allowances for engineering works and buffer times between trains to avoid delay transfer.

3.4.1 Dwell-time extensions on RegionalExpress trains (RE) To ensure on-time departure at stations with higher passenger demand the scheduled dwell times on some fast regional trains (RegionalExpress RE) had to be extended. The longer dwell times extended journey times between the network nodes. This might cause conflicts with following trains on the same line section. Also connections to other services in the network nodes can get lost.

Timetabling 17

Page 29: 1845645006Timetable Planning

This led into necessary alterations in the timetable. The timetabling rules of the DB Netz AG cover margins between train runs and running time allowances for engineering work, etc. If there are extra reserves in the timetable they can be used to recover from the scheduled dwell time extensions. If there are no extra reserves some station stops have to be cancelled. Another possibility is to alter other conflicting trains as well to ensure a conflict free timetable. An example of scheduled dwell time extensions can be seen in Figure 4.

Figure 4: Dwell time extensions on fast regional service (RegionalExpress). The results with all altered train runs were handed over to the DB AG to be considered within the alteration of the working timetable.

3.4.2 Timetable concepts due to speed-limited rolling stock In 2003 several regional services were taken over by modern electric multiple units. These units are designed for a maximum speed of 140 km/h. Due to braking problems they were limited to travel at 120 km/h. This speed limit produced on some services scheduled for 140 km/h very high delays. To ensure a better on time running even with the slower vehicles timetable alterations were discussed. In two areas in North Rhine-Westphalia the required adaptations caused alterations in the timetable concept. To find the best solutions several concepts were investigated by RMCon during a three-day conference with DB Regio. In this meeting running times, free train paths and the compliance with planned connections were evaluated. Due to the network wide conflict resolution in RailSys and the ability to

18 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 30: 1845645006Timetable Planning

construct a whole-day service pattern at once final concepts could be worked out very fast. An example of what happens to the service when it runs at lower speed without alterations in the timetable was evaluated with the simulation (Figure 5).

Figure 5: Delays caused by speed limited rolling stock and disruptions with other trains.

This example shows that the train gets delays from the speed limit and additional delays due to hinder by other trains. The delay is compared to the originally scheduled times. The total delay rose up to 10 Minutes at the terminus. To run the service scheduled at lower speed several alterations had to be done on a highly occupied line section. The alterations could be done sustaining the 2003 timetable concept with all stops and connections.

4 East-Westphalia network

A second area with speed limit problems was the region East-Westphalia around the cities of Hamm/Westf, Bielefeld, Paderborn and Münster. As there are several services using the above described speed-limited train sets, the required alterations led into a completely new timetable concept (Figure 6). This concept was worked out by DB Regio AG. RMCon investigated whether the services could be constructed conflict-free regarding the remaining passenger traffic. In addition to the alteration of the regional services’ train paths the complete platform working in the network node Hamm/Westf. had to be rescheduled. This station is characterized by a lot of services arriving and departing at the same time to ensure connections.

Timetabling 19

Page 31: 1845645006Timetable Planning

On several lines the requested stops had to be allocated to other services. Also different rolling stock with higher velocity was used for several services to keep the requested running times between the network nodes. In some areas the planned concept concerning stops and connections had to be altered. This altered network concept was basis for a discussion with the ministry of transport of North Rhine-Westphalia who worked out the original concept.

Figure 6: East-Westphalia network investigated with RailSys.

4.1 Simulation of improvements

In the timetable concepts worked out with RailSys, one topic was the extension of scheduled dwell times to cope with higher passenger demand in selected stations. This was evaluated for all fast regional services (RegionalExpress RE) in NRW. One result was that in some cases the extension could be done without changes in the timetable concept. In other cases adaptations were needed to sustain connections with other services.

20 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 32: 1845645006Timetable Planning

4.1.1 Dwell-time extensions on RegionalExpress trains (RE) The impact of extended dwell times on the on-time-running performance was investigated with the help of RailSys’ operational simulation. Therefore, an investigation of passenger flows was done to categorize stations into highly, medium frequented and lowly frequented stations. In the simulation the trains got dynamic dwell time delays in these stations. The delay distributions are based on general figures provided by DB Netz AG because an evaluation of real delay figures was not possible during the project. The simulation results were used as a basis for discussions about the timetable concept with the commissioner of regional services, the ministry of transport of North Rhine-Westphalia. To examine the effects of extended scheduled dwell times two timetable scenarios were simulated and the results were compared:

• Scenario 1: Original timetable with given dwell times • Scenario 2: Adapted timetable with extended scheduled dwell times

In both scenarios the same delay distributions were used and the minimum dwell times were similar. The extended scheduled dwell times imply higher dwell time reserves to recover from delays. After simulating both scenarios, the evaluation of the resulting delays and on-time running figures was performed. The results were evaluated in two different ways. The major part was to examine the operational quality. This procedure was focussed on the trains’ average delays. Operational quality is defined as ‘good’ if the trains do not have increasing delays within the examined area. It is considered ‘insufficient’ if the trains’ delays increase within the investigation area. The second evaluation was the comparison of on-time-running figures in both timetable scenarios. The on time running measured in selected stations is a criterion for the service quality defined by the commissioner of local transport services and the railway operators. Trains that are delayed less than 5 minutes are considered on time.

4.1.2 Operational quality The evaluations regarding the operational quality were done separately for long distance passenger trains, local passenger trains, suburban trains and freight trains. The results of both scenarios were compared to detect changes within the operational quality. The examination of the average delays gives hints where operational problems exist and thereby helps locating bottlenecks within the network. The first analysis was done macroscopically with evaluations of delays within the network. For areas or lines with higher interest detailed evaluations have been executed subsequently. Arrival and departure delays dwell time delays or delays due to dispatching actions were evaluated separately. An example of average delays evaluated on a RE-service can be seen in Figure 7. In both scenarios the service shown has increasing delays on its route. Based on the definition the operational quality is insufficient. The comparison of both

Timetabling 21

Page 33: 1845645006Timetable Planning

scenarios shows that with extended dwell times the average delay along the whole train run is lower than in the original timetable. After evaluating all adopted lines the evaluation showed in which stations the dwell time extension had positive effects and in which stations the dwell time extension achieved no improvement.

Figure 7: Example of an evaluation of operational quality (average delays).

Figure 8: Example of an On Time Running comparison.

22 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 34: 1845645006Timetable Planning

4.1.3 On-time-running Analogous to the evaluation of the operational quality, comparisons have been made between the investigated on-time-running figures of the two scenarios. The results were then compared to on-time-running figures from the real operation. A comparison between the simulated on-time-running values in Figure 8 and the real values allows a validation between simulation and reality. A simulation working with general assumptions concerning the delays cannot provide exactly the same figures than real operation. But this example shows that the simulated on-time-running values in scenario 1 were generally quite close to the real figures. The improvement between the two scenarios could be recognized in the train’s terminus Hamm.

5 Conclusions

The insufficient on-time-running performance at the beginning of the 2003 timetable in North Rhine-Westphalia was due to rolling stock problems and too short dwell times. The investigations concerning adaptations in several services showed that there is still potential to increase the on time running. With RailSys’ ability to construct a network wide timetable including enclosed conflict detection several alterations could be performed. These were dwell time extensions on several services to reduce delays due to higher passenger flows. Also completely new concepts for services with additional speed limits were investigated and solutions were proposed to DB Regio and DB Netz. The results were possible alterations within the existing timetable or larger adaptations compliant with the timetable concept. The operational simulation verified sensible modifications in the timetable to reduce delays and to improve the on-time-running performance. The efficiency in constructing and simulating a network wide conflict free timetable shows that RailSys can be used successfully in short-term planning processes. A quick analysis to find out whether timetable concepts can be turned into a working timetable allows railway operators like DB Regio AG to build up coordinated concepts. The constructed timetable data can be used for the announcement of train paths of a railway network provider like DB Netz AG.

6 Perspective

RailSys is a timetable construction and simulation system that can be used on a regular Windows PC. It offers a lot of possibilities for future improvement in timetable construction and operational simulation. For railway operators competing in bidding processes for regional services it becomes more and more important that future timetable concepts are verified. This implies especially a conflict free construction and can be extended to evaluating the expected operational stability and robustness with the help of a simulation.

Timetabling 23

Page 35: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Interfaces to different software systems allow the use of RailSys data in other processes. The timetable data e.g. can be handed over for the construction of a working timetable. Another interface can provide data for the vehicle allocation tool Dispo developed by IVE [4] or the network evaluation model Nemo [5]. RailSys can be used in ad-hoc planning processes during the operation. It is possible to adopt timetables due to temporarily track blockings or speed limits for engineering works. The connection between RailSys and Dispo [6] allows a quick review on rolling stock demands due to timetable changes. In general the modelling of large networks has improved RailSys’ functions to make the timetable construction and the statistical evaluation for more than 8,000 trains a lot more comfortable. For future investigations an automatic path detector is currently under development to find free train slots for additional trains in large networks [7,8].

References

[1] http://www.rmcon.de. [2] http://www.ive.uni-hannover.de. [3] Rudolph, Raphaela: “Operational Simulation - A Tool to Manage Future

Railway Performance”, Proceedings of the 9th World Congress on Intelligent Transport Systems, Chicago, USA, 14th to 17th Oct 2002.

[4] Dispo: Optimised Vehicle Allocation http://www.ive.uni-hannover.de/ software/dispo/index_en.shtml.

[5] Kettner, Michael, Sewcyk, Bernd: “A model for transportation planning and railway network evaluation”, Proceedings of the 9th World Congress on Intelligent Transport Systems, Chicago, USA, 14th to 17th Oct 2002.

[6] Schumacher, Andreas, Monecke, Lars, Freiberger, Kai-Uwe; “Modelling constrains in automatic vehicle rostering - demands and possibilities” Proceeding of Comprail 2004.

[7] Hauptmann, Dirk: “Automatic and non-discriminatory train path allocation in railway networks of arbitrary size”, Dissertation No.54, 02.02.2000.

[8] Radtke, Alfons, Hauptmann, Dirk: “Automated planning of timetables in large railway networks using a microscopic data bases and railway simulation techniques” Proceeding of Comprail 2004.

24 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 36: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Crystal diagram: a technique for making high-density diagrams

K. Katsuta1, T. Takano1, K. Oguma1, D. Watanabe1 & T. Uemura2 1Hitachi Ltd, Hitachi Research Laboratory, Japan 2Hitachi Ltd, Power & Industrial Systems Mito Transportation Systems Product Div., Japan

Abstract

We propose “crystal diagram” as a base for making high-density diagrams. In high-density railway sections such as metropolitan commuter lines, there is a great demand for increasing train density in order to relieve traffic congestion. However, it becomes more difficult to shorten train headway, as the track layout, train type and so on become more diverse. Therefore, making train diagrams needs the expertise of skilled specialists. In order to raise the train density, this paper aims to calculate the train minimum intervals between all trains within a certain accuracy and derive an original train diagram. It is a crystal diagram to refer to one cycle of the pattern and station diagram whose periodic time is shortest, on the assumption that instructions to all trains in one period are fixed. In practice, we obtain the effective results for operation planning, train dispatching and equipment design when we derive the crystal diagrams of model cases. Keywords: diagram, high-density, pattern, station, operation planning, train dispatching, equipment design.

1 Introduction

Making a train diagram is one of the most important tasks in railway businesses, because the train diagram controls the transportation power of the railway. Much work has focussed on calculating the basic data such as train running curve and train headway [1][2], making a train diagram from the basic data [3], and implementing train dispatching strategy by immediately changing a train diagram. What seems to be lacking, however, is work deriving a train diagram

Timetabling 25

Page 37: 1845645006Timetable Planning

which raises train density in situations needing complicated train operation, e.g., when track form is complex, train type is diverse, etc. The purpose of this paper is to derive a high-density train diagram. To satisfy this purpose, we calculate the minimum train interval to secure safety and optimize the train schedule based on it. We explain approaches for making a high-density diagram in section 2, and present a diagram which we aim to derive in section 3, a method to derive it in section 4, and implementation results in section 5. The final two sections present some future work and our conclusions.

2 Key points

We begin by considering two train diagrams. The key points to derive a high-density train diagram efficiently are explained.

2.1 Pattern diagram

A pattern diagram is composed of the same short train diagrams, as shown in fig. 1. In Japan, many pattern diagrams are used in metropolitan commuter lines. The main reason is that they are very useful for passengers and they make timetables easy to remember. We emphasize that the scale of the train diagram can be small. Accordingly, it is efficient to consider periodicity for making a train diagram.

Figure 1: Example of a pattern diagram.

2.2 Station diagram

We use the term “station diagram” to refer to a train diagram within station premises only. Train operation is restricted by the location of other trains basically. In the area between stations, the train interval seldom becomes small suddenly, because the change of train speed is small. Within station premises, on

Station-A

Station-B

Station-C

PatternTime

Periodic time

26 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 38: 1845645006Timetable Planning

the other hand, the train interval becomes small suddenly, because trains stop there (fig. 2). In practice the train density is always restricted by train turning operation at a terminal station where point switches are shared. Accordingly, it is enough to consider the station diagram in order to increase train density.

Figure 2: Change in train interval.

3 Proposed diagram

3.1 Periodic time

We use the term “periodic time” to refer to time required for one period of a pattern diagram. Even if instructions to all trains such as “depart from track-1” in one period are fixed, the periodic time is controlled by the schedule. The reason is that the values of the minimum interval time between trains vary. The minimum interval time is necessary for securing safety and it is dependent on the performance of the signaling system, the rolling stock and so on. We illustrate the periodic time in the following example case:

• Track layout is shown in fig. 3. • Two trains turn in one period. • Instructions to trains

• One train turns at track-1. • Another train turns at track-2.

• Schedule-A: • (1) train-a arrives, (2) train-b which arrived in the previous period

departs, (3) train-a departs, and (4) train-b’ which will depart in the next period arrives.

Time

Distance

Station

Train interval

Running curves

Timetabling 27

Page 39: 1845645006Timetable Planning

• Schedule-B: • (1) train-a arrives, (2) train-a departs, (3) train-b arrives, and (4)

train-b departs. ⇒ The periodic time of schedule-A is shown in fig. 3. ⇒ The periodic time of schedule-B is shown in fig. 4. ⇒ The former is shorter than the latter.

The following result is obtained by comparing the periodic time:

• The key point to increase the train density is to operate one train on track-2 while another train is stopped on track-1.

Figure 3: The periodic time of schedule-A.

Figure 4: The periodic time of schedule-B.

Time

Distance

(1) Train-a arrives.(2) Train-b departs.

Train-a Train-b

(3) Train-a departs.

(4) Train-b arrives.

Time

Distance

(1) Train-a arrives.(2) Train-a departs.

(3) Train-b arrives.

(4) Train-b departs.

Train-aTrain-b

Track layout Periodic time

Periodic time

28 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 40: 1845645006Timetable Planning

3.2 Crystal diagram

We propose a crystal diagram to refer to one cycle of the pattern and station diagram whose periodic time is shortest, on the assumption that instructions to all trains in one period are fixed. By deriving the crystal diagram at the station where the train operation is most complex, we can make a high-density diagram using the following two steps. The first step is uniting the crystal diagram periodically, and the second step is making the whole diagram so that the united diagram may be fitted smoothly. The purpose of this paper can be realized by deriving the crystal diagram.

4 Deriving the crystal diagram

We must consider three steps in order to derive the crystal diagram. The first step is how to calculate the minimum interval time between trains. The second step is how to calculate the periodic time of schedules. The final step is how to derive the schedule which has the shortest periodic time.

Figure 5: Example of running curve (left) and minimum interval time (right).

4.1 Calculating the minimum interval time

We explain how to calculate the minimum interval time between trains as follows.

• Prepare the following data: • Track layout data which are stored data of the connection of track

circuits etc. • Rolling stock data which are stored data of the deceleration of trains

etc.

Track layout

Distance

Time

Track layout

Distance

Time

Running curve Minimum interval time

Timetabling 29

Page 41: 1845645006Timetable Planning

• Equipment data which are stored data of the point switching time etc.

• Routes data stored the sequences of circuit tracks where trains run. • Make all train running curves, as shown in fig. 5 (left). • Calculate the timing when shared point switches are available for the

following train, from the running curve of the previous train. • Calculate the minimum interval time between the trains based on the

timing, as shown in fig. 5 (right).

4.2 Calculating the periodic time

Next, we explain how to calculate the periodic time of a schedule as follows. • Prepare the following data:

• The minimum interval time between all trains calculated above. • Schedule data which are stored data of schedules such as Schedule-

A of 3.1. • Restriction data which are stored data of the necessary stopped time

for passenger boarding etc. • Add the minimum interval time according to the schedule, as shown in

fig. 6. • Correct the added time considering periodicity, stopped time, etc.

Figure 6: A method to calculate the periodic time.

4.3 Deriving the schedule which has the shortest periodic time

Finally, we explain how to derive the schedule which has the shortest periodic time as follows.

• Prepare the following data:

Time

Periodic time

Minimum interval time

Track layout

Distance(1)(2)

(3)(4)

(1) (3) (4) (1)(2)

30 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 42: 1845645006Timetable Planning

• Instruction data which are stored data of instructions to all trains such as Instructions of 3.1.

• Make the schedules considering all permutations. • Calculate the periodic time of all schedules in the method of 4.2. • Take the schedule which has the shortest periodic time.

5 Results

5.1 Deriving the crystal diagram

We derive the crystal diagram in the following model case: • Track layout is shown in fig. 7. • Three trains turn in one period. • For all trains, the brake is controlled as a continuous curve. • Parameters:

• Speed limit at point switches: 45km/h, switching time: 10s. • Train length: 160m, acceleration and deceleration: 3.0km/h/s. • Stopped time: 60s.

⇒ The crystal diagram of this model case is shown in fig. 7. ⇒ We can see that it is possible to turn three trains every 230s.

Figure 7: The track layout and the crystal diagram of model case in 5.1.

This crystal diagram is an effective result for operation planning and train dispatching, because we can use it as a base for making a train diagram by efficiently adjusting the train density planned beforehand. Furthermore, the completed diagram has much time to spare, in short, it is robust against delays. We show a display from a tool to derive a crystal diagram in fig. 8.

Periodic time = 230s

Distance

Track layout

(1) (2) (3) (4)(3)(5) (1)(4)(6)(2)

(5) (6)

600m

300m

Time

Timetabling 31

Page 43: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 8: Display from a tool to derive a crystal diagram.

5.2 Comparing crystal diagrams

Similarly we derive crystal diagrams in the model cases shown in fig. 9. Then, we calculate and analyse the average interval time between trains. Some effective results which we can obtain are as follows.

• For the average interval time between trains, <1>, <2> and <3> are influenced by stopped time. On the other hand, <4> is not influenced by it.

⇒ We can see that shortening stopped time at <4> is ineffective for raising the train density more than it already is.

• For the average interval time between trains, <3> is as large as <2>, though <3> has more tracks than <2>.

⇒ We can see that the expansion of equipment from A to B is ineffective for raising the train density, because the speed limit section must be lengthened by moving the point switch forward.

These results are effective for equipment design, because we can use them as bases for designing equipment by efficiently adjusting the train density planned beforehand.

32 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 44: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 9: The average interval time of each station.

Table 1: The relation between the required time and the number of instructions.

Instructions Permutation(*1) Required time 2-5 --- <<1s 6 1.2*102 (5!) 0.01s 7 7.2*102 (6!) 0.07s 8 5.0*103 (7!) 0.5s 9 4.0*104 (8!) 4s 10 3.6*105 (9!) 34s 11 3.6*106 (10!) 5m40s 12 4.0*107 (11!) 1h

CPU: 2.0GHz, Memory: 256MB. (*1) Circular permutation by periodicity.

Depends on stopped time

Depends on switching time

Depends on signal system

Depends on track layout

144s

75s 77s64s

<1> <2> <3> <4>

Timetabling 33

Page 45: 1845645006Timetable Planning

6 Future work

For the method to derive the crystal diagram, the required time increases explosively as instructions to all trains in one period increase. The reason is that we must calculate the periodic time of all permutations. We show the relations between the required time and the number of instructions in table 1. In the future, we must devise an algorithm by pruning, reducing in calculations, etc.

7 Conclusions

We have aimed at increasing train density, i.e., making a high-density diagram. In this paper, we proposed the concept of a crystal diagram to refer to a pattern and station diagram whose periodic time is shortest, on the assumption that instructions to all trains in one period are fixed. We explained the method to derive it. We derived the crystal diagrams for some model cases and obtained effective results for operation planning, train dispatching and equipment design.

References

[1] T. Nagata, S. Murata, Y. Naka, O. Sakashita & N. Shimizu, A train operating method with real time adaptability to performance variations of rolling stock. Comprail 98 (Computer in Railways VI), pp. 793-804, Lisbon 1998.

[2] H. Nakamura, Analysis of minimum train headway on a moving block system by genetic algorithm. Comprail 98 (Computer in Railways VI), pp. 1013-1022, Lisbon 1998.

[3] G. Astengo, G. Cosulich & D. Marzullo, Introduction of a new high speed line in a high density traffic area: a simulation exercise. Comprail 2000 (Computer in Railways VII), pp. 211-220, Bologna 2000.

34 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 46: 1845645006Timetable Planning

State-of-the-art of railway operations research

I. A. Hansen Delft University of Technology

Abstract

The paper discusses the current state of research concerning the modelling of stochastic train operations in order to optimise the use of capacity by means of analytical methods and micro-simulation. Timetable quality is governed by precise running and realistic recovery times, as well as optimal headway and buffer times. Analytic (queueing) models and micro-simulation are used for estimation of waiting times, while combinatorial models and stability analysis by means of max-plus algebra technique are suitable for network timetable optimisation. Operations quality can be modeled by the estimation of (admitted) queue length and micro-simulation. A recently developed probabilistic model for the estimation of delay propagation in stations and junctions based on the stochastic variation of track occupancy times depending on conditional probability distributions of hinder by headway constraints and route conflicts is presented, while stochastic timetable optimisation may help to determine a more efficient distribution of running time margins and to increase punctuality in large networks. Keywords: timetabling, waiting time, delays, rescheduling, level of service.

1 Introduction

So far, railway timetables are based on deterministic running, dwell and headway times between stations. These times are mostly scaled in minutes and refer to a virtual stopping point at the stations. Small variations of the service times are compensated by standard running time and dwell time supplements, as well as margins between the train paths. The amount of time supplements and margins applied for scheduling, however, is mainly based on rules of thumb, sometimes checked by simulation, and only seldom derived from statistical analysis of real-world operations data.

Timetabling 35

Page 47: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Stochastic analytical approaches, like queueing models [1–5] assume the train intervals and the service times to be independent random variables, which is questionable in case of periodic timetables with high frequencies. The variation of inter-arrival times and minimal headway times is modelled mostly on the basis of assumed random distributions for inter-arrival and service times. The estimated waiting time of a timetable is a function of the track occupancy and the coefficients of variation of the scheduled headway and service times. Waiting times generated by the stochastic variables of the timetable are clearly distinguished from estimated knock-on delays during operations. Optimisation models based on linear programming [6], in general, apply deterministic variables for searching the optimal value of an objective function, like minimisation of overall running times in large complex networks, at given constraints e.g. minimal headway and transfer times between trains. The first known stochastic optimisation approach for estimating the robustness of railway timetables was recently presented by Vromans [7]. Micro-simulation models, like STRESI [8], RailSys [9], OpenTrack [10] or ATTPS [11] are used to estimate the effect of exogenous random primary delays on track occupation and consecutive delays of hindered trains. The induced primary delays are drawn from assumed or empirical distributions for a given timetable, track infrastructure and signal system. Kaminski [12] introduced a heuristic limit for the buffer time distribution at bottlenecks in order to compensate for 80% of the primary delays. Carey and Carville [13] presented a heuristic approach for solving conflicts between train paths and routes and simulation of random delays in order to test the reliability and robustness of timetable options. This paper will discuss the influence of basic stochastic variables for timetable design and its impact on railway performance, as running and recover time, minimal time headway and punctuality. A new approach for the estimation of blocking times and buffer times at bottlenecks by means of blocking time ‘waves’ is presented. The paper concludes with the remaining issues for further research and development.

2 Timetable quality

The evaluation of timetable quality must reflect the requirements of the different stakeholders, as customers (passengers, shippers), infrastructure managers, train operating companies and public authorities (government, passenger transport executives). The timetable itself represents the transport supply, which should comply best with the market demand. There exist numerous criteria to evaluate the quality of railway services, which are more or less important for customers, infrastructure provider, train operators and public authorities. The quality of timetable design for a given traffic demand, rail infrastructure and train mix depend mainly on:

• Precise and realistic running times • Sufficient but not too large recovery times

36 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 48: 1845645006Timetable Planning

• Exact minimal headway times between different pairs of trains, • Estimated waiting time.

2.1 Running and recovery times

Stochastic train running times were first modelled by Steckel [14]. He performed multiple simulations (# 400) with random input for different locomotive hauled trains and found Weibull distributed running times independent from the route and train characteristics with positive skew and parameter δ between 1.2 and 3.0. The peak factor (ratio of pure running time plus margin/ pure running time varied strongly due to route conditions and train mass (Fig. 1). An approximate estimate of the superior value based on simple regression functions of the share of acceleration time is used to calculate the necessary running time margin of a certain route without intensive simulations.

Figure 1: Frequency of running time peak factors of passenger trains (source:

Steckel).

Empirical distributions of exact running times can be easily derived from track occupation and release data which are recorded and saved automatically by the existing signalling and safety system. As these data only contain the passing times per train number at main signals and these are distant from the stopping points at platforms the additional deceleration and acceleration time respectively from and to the last (first) main signal needs to be estimated taking into account the remaining distance between the last/first measuring point and the stop location, as well as the train characteristics (length, weight, power, standard deceleration/acceleration rate). At TU Delft the tools called TNV-Prepare and TNV-Filter [15] have been developed by which the recorded passing times at signals and insulation joints of any train can be filtered and the real running times and delays per train series be computed automatically according to their route, type and period of the day. The statistical analysis of the precise running times per train line enables to determine the percentile of running times within a certain level of probability (Fig. 2). Furthermore, the true minimal running times per link can be revealed at

Timetabling 37

Page 49: 1845645006Timetable Planning

a precision of seconds by selecting only those trains that were delayed at the preceding departure station and experienced no hinder.

Figure 2: Distributions of running speed of a train series in case of (no)

hinder North of the station The Hague HS (September 1999).

As the running times depend not only on the alignment, number of and dwell times at intermediate stops, type, length and weight of rolling stock operated, but also on the behaviour of the train drivers and the weather conditions, the specific performance distributions can be sorted and used as information for quality management and fed back to timetable designers and operations personnel. The running time distributions per train line, thus, can be used for specifying the amount of recovery time to be applied in timetables instead of using standard supplements for all links and trains. The recovery times needed for achieving a certain punctuality level of the train arrivals based on departure delay distributions can be estimated numerically by means of convoluting the integrals of the departure delays and running times per link and train line [16].

2.2 Minimal headway and buffer times

In practice, timetable designers mostly apply standard mean minimal headway times (2 to 5 min) between train paths depending on the type of conflict and train sequence. The existing buffer times in a conventional graphical timetable which indicate only the train paths and headway times at a scale of minutes cannot be determined sufficiently, because these do not indicate the precise start and end of the capacity consumption according to the prevailing signalling an safety system. The minimal time headway between two trains on a railway route is governed by blocking times of trains and its speed differences [17, 18]. The blocking time graph of a train represents the time instances that a train needs to run safely without hinder at design speed over a sequence of track sections. The scheduled train paths virtual as well as the track occupancy times are represented in a time-distance diagram and indicate clearly the remaining buffer times. Any overlap

38 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 50: 1845645006Timetable Planning

between the blocking times of different trains clearly indicates a timetable conflict, which needs interaction in order to avoid a deceleration or stop of the following train. The blocking times depend not only from the signal spacing and train length, but also from the actual train speed and deceleration rate. If the movement authority for the train at sight distance of the distant signal is given late because of insufficient headway to the preceding train, the following train would be decelerated automatically, which means an increase of the blocking time. From empirical analysis of train detection data at different Dutch railway stations follows that the mean speed of trains approaching to a station is about 10 to 20 % less than the design speed and may, in case of hinder, even be 50% less [19]. Furthermore, the scheduled dwell times are often exceeded during operations, which lead to an increase of the blocking time of the routes serving the platform tracks. The quality of timetable design would be enhanced considerably if the estimated blocking times reflect well the variation of train speed and dwell times in practical operations. So far, the blocking times in timetables are assumed to be deterministic and estimated with a precision of seconds. The arrival and departure times of trains and the headway times between trains in most railway timetables, however, are determined currently with a precision of minutes due to rounding-up of the estimated running times and easy comprehension by the passengers. This practice includes hidden scheduled waiting times, which could be exploited if the determination of the arrival, departure and headway times (for in-company planning and operation purposes) was done at a higher precision in steps of 5 to 10 sec (according to current practice in Japanese railways).

Figure 3: Division of an interlocking arrangement into route nodes [18].

For capacity estimation of heavily occupied routes in bottlenecks the track infrastructure needs to be subdivided in individual route nodes: the smallest track elements that can be used by one train at a time (Fig. 3). The variations of time headway and train speed at heavily occupied junctions may lead to knock-on delays and queueing of trains before network bottlenecks. On the routes approaching to level crossings close to main stations we observed a significant drop of the mean train speed by a bout 20 to 50% with regard to design speed

Timetabling 39

Page 51: 1845645006Timetable Planning

which means a clear reduction of infrastructure performance. This means the scheduled speed and headway times must correspond better to real operations and the train drivers need to be supported by dynamic speed advices in order to avoid hinder to and by other trains at junctions. In fact, the blocking times are stochastic, and not deterministic, and so are the remaining buffer times (Fig. 4).

Figure 4: Distribution of blocking times of a train series at the station The

Hague in case of (no) hinder (September 1999).

The probability density of the capacity consumption of the trains passing at bottlenecks could be represented by stochastic blocking time ‘waves’. The range of blocking times covered by the stochastic waves of each train line indicates the extra use of capacity due to the variation of real operations in comparison with the deterministic blocking time estimated on the basis of the scheduled running time and possibly dwell time per train. The total track occupancy and the remaining timetable slack of a given line is estimated finally by means of a virtual compression of the blocking time graphs according to the new UIC norm 406 capacity [20]. It recommends maximal track occupancy rates of 75% during peak hours and 60% a day for lines used in mixed traffic.

2.3 Waiting times

Any timetable comprises scheduled waiting times and generates, in practical operations, non-scheduled waiting times. Scheduled waiting times result from differences between the scheduled and desired travel, headway, departure or arrival times. The latter depend on the market demand, track possession times due to maintenance and conflicts between resulting different train graphs at bottlenecks, whereas non-scheduled waiting times can emerge from technical failures of track infrastructure or rolling stock, accidents, and train delays. Scheduled waiting times may occur randomly and its amount is used as indicator

40 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 52: 1845645006Timetable Planning

of timetable quality, whereas non-scheduled waiting times are experienced as train delays during operations. The latter serve as indicator of operations quality. The higher the reliability of tracks and rolling stock, the higher is their availability for operations and the practical capacity. The total waiting time during a certain time period, in general, increases exponentially with the number of trains operated. The challenge is to find an optimal track occupancy that enables a desired level of service, which can be defined by a certain amount of waiting time. Schwanhäusser [1] developed already in 1974 a stochastic approach for the estimation of the mean queue length as function of the distribution of primary delays, buffer time, mean headway, train sequence and priority by a model of the type M/D/1. This led e.g. to an estimated mean buffer time of 1 min in case of a minimal headway of 2 min and all trains delayed (p. 59). As the assumed Poisson distribution of train arrivals near bottlenecks could not be confirmed later on, other queueing models of the type G/G/1 and M/G/1 have been developed by Wakob [2] and Hertel [3] respectively. Hertel developed further an analytical approach for the determination of the optimal train intensity, which is situated between the minimal relative timetable sensitivity (partial derivative of mean waiting time to track occupancy) and the maximal traffic ‘energy’ (defined as product of train intensity and speed). The range of optimal use of track capacity as function of the waiting time, speed and ‘energy’ of the route, in general, lies at about 150 to 200 trains per day, while the mean waiting time per train would be up to about 10 min. Wendler [4] extended in 1999 the existing two-train queueing model to a three-train model of type G/G/1 in order to estimate the impact of available time lags between the headway times on the main track of a junction for intermediate merging and crossing of trains. This approach is suitable for modelling the process of independent random requests for infrastructure capacity from different train operators and estimating the resulting waiting times due to timetable adaptation of train paths, headways and synchronization. The relative errors of the estimated waiting times by the different queueing models with regard to the waiting times computed by micro-simulation in the case of the railway node Mannheim/Ludwigshafen as a function of track occupancy for exponential inter-arrival times are shown in Fig. 5. The 2-train queueing model of Wakob (thin line) generates exponentially increasing errors for individual l route nodes at higher occupancy rates of 0.7, whereas the Light-Traffic approximation of the 3-train model (bold line) of Wendler performs best up to 0.5 occupancy and the Heavy-Traffic approximation is the best analytical estimation for occupancy rates between 0.6 and 0.8. Kaminski [12] analysed the blocking and buffer times in the existing timetable, as well as the recorded train delays for a large network of more than 2000 km in Germany and found a good fit of the buffer times with a negative-exponential distribution. The available buffer time was less than 1 min (standard minimal buffer time of Deutsche Bahn) in about 8% of the train sequences. He investigated the impact the length of buffer times that correspond to 80% of the recorded train delays at a number of stations by means of multiple simulation

Timetabling 41

Page 53: 1845645006Timetable Planning

while maintaining the train order. The results showed a mean consecutive delay per delayed train of about 30 sec and a reduction of 9% of the estimated hinder between trains. Thus, the expected operations quality could be improved by means of tailored buffer times per route section as function of the distribution of train delays.

Figure 5: Relative error of waiting time estimation by different queueing

models compared to micro-simulation (source: Wendler).

Microscopic simulation tools like STRESI [8], RailSys [9] OpenTrack [10] respectively estimate the total waiting times of lines and networks by means of computing the impact of multiple drawing of random primary delays from a predefined distribution on total waiting times. The virtual hinder generated by modification of the scheduled blocking time graphs is transformed automatically into suitable conflict resolution measures (bending of train paths, increasing of dwell times, change of train order and routing), while the impact is estimated by the distribution of the total amount of delays, the kind and percentage of hindered trains and the punctuality level. The timetable slack of interconnected lines in networks with periodic timetable depends not only on the buffer times of the individual lines, but also on the buffer times between the scheduled train arrivals and departures at the transfer stations. The following constraints for the design of an integrated network timetable hold:

• The round trip time of a line must be integer multiple of the headway, • The travel time between the nodes (sum of the running and dwell times)

must be an integer multiple of half of the cycle time (mostly 60 min), • The scheduled arrival and departure times of interconnected lines at the

nodes must overlap sufficiently, • The sum of the travel times on a circuit between three nodes must be an

integer multiple of the cycle time and of the time headway. As these constraints lead to a great complexity of periodic timetables in large networks with many nodes and lines, combinatorial methods by means of mathematical programming have been developed to find an optimal solution for integrated network timetables [6]. The network timetable problem is known as NP-complete and requires the development of intelligent algorithms to solve

42 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 54: 1845645006Timetable Planning

within a reasonable computation time – if a solution for the given constraints exists – and/or to relax some timetable constraints in order to achieve an approximate solution. The predefined minimal headway and transfer time constraints applied in combinatorial models don’t guarantee its practical feasibility in complex junctions and need to be proven by a detailed analysis of blocking times. The existing buffer times and its distribution in periodic timetables of large networks can be calculated analytically by means of the (max, +) algebra approach, which is characterised by a transformation of the timetable constraints into a set of simple recursive linear equations [21]. This approach enables to identify the critical circuits within the network and to calculate the minimal cycle time of the timetable, as well as the existing timetable slack. A tool for the automatic transformation of conventional periodic network timetable constraints into a (max,+) state matrix of the travel times, minimal headway times and transfer times, for critical circuit and recovery time analysis has been developed. The impact of an increase or decrease of travel times and buffer times on the timetable slack and on the location of the critical circuit of periodic network timetable can be estimated rapidly, as well as the propagation of train delays in the network.

3 Operations quality

The operations quality can be assessed by means of different analytical approaches and micro-simulation. A sufficient level of performance requires, of course, that the basic timetable is feasible and the scheduled running times, dwell times and headways are realistic, which means the timetable must not contain any conflict between train paths proven by the absence of overlaps between the blocking time graphs. The impact of primary delays on the robustness of train services is expressed e.g. by the queue length, amount of knock-on delays, the number of involved trains, links and stations, as well as the fading-out time. Given a certain distribution of primary delays, the consecutive delays may not grow steadily due to insufficient buffer times. The scheduled times and track occupancy, thus, must allow for recovery.

3.1 Queueing model of RWTH Aachen

Schwanhäusser [1] defined the smoothness of operation as the share of unscheduled waiting trains at any location in order to proceed. He developed an analytical approach for estimating the consecutive delays in case of hinder based on queueing theory. The admitted level of hinder during operations was defined empirically by a maximal queue length (equal the maximum total consecutive delays per day), which is given by a simple exponential equation as function of the share of passenger trains:

LW = pPe ⋅−⋅ βα LW : queue length [-] α,β : coefficients

Timetabling 43

Page 55: 1845645006Timetable Planning

pP : probability of passenger trains

LW = 0.257 pPe 3.1−⋅ (calibrated function for Deutsche Bahn AG).

Three different levels of quality of operations (0.5=very good, 1.0=satisfactory, 1.5=unsatisfactory) are defined by the ratio of the estimated length of queue divided by the maximum admitted length of queue. The standard maximum amount of knock-on delays to be expected due to operation of a certain number of trains admitted by Deutsche Bahn is 130 min up to 300 min per day depending on the share of passenger trains. These threshold values of maximum waiting time, however, look somewhat arbitrary and seem to need further empirical validation. The estimation of the scheduled and unscheduled waiting times as a measure of operations quality of a given timetable, infrastructure and signalling system is implemented in the software tool ANKE developed at RWTH Aachen [22].

3.2 New probabilistic model of TU Delft

The weakness of queueing models in case of periodic timetables can be overcome by an advanced probabilistic model of the process times of each train line (running or arrival time, dwell time, departure time) as stochastic variables, while the hinder due to signalling and route conflicts by delayed trains and its priority are taken into account [16]. The approach is based on the stochastic variations of track occupancy times e.g. the variations of train speed in case of different signal aspects with conditional probability distributions. Distinction is made between

• hindrance of approaching and departing train respectively by late release of preceding block or route section and

• Hindrance of approaching and departing train respectively by late release of crossing (merging) of routes.

The model is solved on the basis of a numerical approximation of the Stieltjes convolution of individual independent distributions. The delay propagation to a train approaching to a station is modelled depending on the actual signal aspects, which may force the train de decelerate or even to stop. The arrival time distribution can be estimated by the probability that the train experiences more or less hinder and the conditional probability of the arrival time in case of each condition. This distribution is formulated as,

pi

3p pi iA

h 1F (x) P[A x] P[(A x) | (Condition h)] P[Condition h]

=

= ≤ = ≤ ⋅∑

The departure of a train at station is modelled analogously as function of the probability of dwell time extension and route conflicts and the distribution of running times until release of the routes. For more details of the analytical model see [16]. The calculation of the convolution is done numerically by applying the composite trapezoidal rule. The proposed model has been validated by means of train detection data recorded at The Hague HS station. To validate the model, we obtained the required input distributions on the basis of empirical track occupation and release data.

44 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 56: 1845645006Timetable Planning

3.3 Stochastic timetable optimisation model of EU Rotterdam

Vromans [7] developed recently a timetabling model based on a Periodic Event Scheduling Problem (PESP) approach and combined with a reliability evaluation by means of simulation with a fixed order of events. The delay propagation is calculated by performing a number of consecutive runs of the scheduled trains, while these are perturbed by exogenous random disturbances and measuring the resulting arrival delays. The objective of the linear programming model is to minimise the mean arrival delay over all runs by means of an optimal allocation of the running time supplements along the line. If the standard 7% running time supplement of the Dutch Railways was distributed optimally instead of linearly, the punctuality of the trains operated in the investigated cross-country corridor Haarlem-Maastricht would be increased significantly.

3.4 Micro-simulation

The propagation of non-scheduled waiting times (delays) in large networks of interconnected lines can be modelled also by micro-simulation. Watson [23] compared the characteristics of current commercial simulation tools and concluded that ‘signal berth’ level tools are necessary for stochastic simulation. Simulation tools mostly require interaction of the user in case of conflicts between blocking time graphs or the application of a predefined automatic conflict resolution strategy. For the evaluation of different dispatching measurements on the stability margin and the location of network bottlenecks in case of disturbance different options can be computed. The analysis of individual link and train dependent recovery times would allow a variety of experiments to estimate the robustness of different re-scheduling options (re-timing, re-ordering, re-routing). The effectiveness of different conflict resolution strategies can be evaluated on the basis of the amount of disturbance (primary delay, knock-on delays, punctuality) and fading-out time.

4 Conclusions

The current methods and tools for railway timetable design enable a high precision of the estimated travel times, headway times and time margins in order to achieve high-quality conflict-free deterministic timetables for lines and networks. Queueing models and micro-simulation tools have been applied successfully to improve timetable quality and to estimate stochastic train delay propagation on lines, in stations and networks. The key for high-quality timetabling is a precise estimation of blocking times based on realistic running, dwell and headway times taking into account the signal spacing and train processing at critical route nodes and platform tracks. Statistical analysis of empirical track occupation and release data in Dutch stations has revealed that the trains mostly leave later and operate at speeds less than scheduled due to drivers’ and conductors’ behaviour, lack of movement authority and routes still locked for other delayed trains. Deterministic models for estimation of the stability or optimisation of network timetables, like max-plus algebra technique

Timetabling 45

Page 57: 1845645006Timetable Planning

or linear programming, may not represent real operations and lead to suboptimal solutions. As queueing and simulation models for estimation of unscheduled delays in daily traffic, too, do not reflect sufficiently the impact of speed variations and behaviour of railway staff and may be based on invalid input distributions, new stochastic analytical approaches have been developed recently in the Netherlands. The probabilistic model of TU Delft enables an estimation of the survival rate of knock-on delays at platform tracks and junctions based on the distributions of the involved train pairs. It allows an estimation of the admitted maximal number of trains and distribution of consecutive delays at a given primary delay and level of punctuality. The stochastic timetable optimisation model of EU Rotterdam helps to find an optimal distribution of running time supplements along a line that may increase punctuality significantly.

Acknowledgements

This publication is a result of the research project ‘Modelling and analysis of operations in railway networks: the influence of stochasticity’ supported by the Dutch research foundation STW and Transport Research Centre of Delft University of Technology.

References

[1] Schwanhäusser, W. (1974) “Die Besessung der Pufferzeiten im Fahrplangefüge der Eisenbahn”, Veröffentlichungen verkehrswissenschaftl. Institut RWTH Aachen, PhD thesis, H. 20

[2] Wakob, H. (1985) “Ableitung eines generellen Wartemodells zur Ermittlung der planmäßigen Wartezeiten im Eisenbahnbetrieb unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der Aspekte Leistungsfähigkeit und Anlagenbelastung”, Veröffentl. verkehrswissenschaftl. Institut RWTH Aachen, PhD thesis, H.

[3] Hertel, G. (1992) “Die maximale Verkehrsleistung und die minimale Fahrplanempfindlichkeit auf Eisenbahnstrecken”, Eisenbahntechn. Rundschau ETR, 41, H. 10, 665-672

[4] Wendler, E. (1999) “Analytische Berechnung der planmässigen Wartezeiten bei asynchroner Fahrplankonstruktion”, Veröffentl. verkehrswissenschaftl. Institut RWTH Aachen, PhD thesis, H. 55

[5] Huisman, T., Boucherie, R.J., van Dijk, N.M. (2002) “A solvable queueing network model for railway networks and its validation and applications for the Netherlands”, EJOR., 142, 30-51

[6] Cordeau, J.F., Toth, P., Vigo, D. (1998) “A survey of Optimization Models for Train Routing and Scheduling”, Transportation Science, Vol 32, (4), 380-404

[7] Vromans, M.J.C.M. (2005) “Reliability of Railway Systems”, PhD thesis, Erasmus University Rotterdam

46 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 58: 1845645006Timetable Planning

[8] Schultze, K. (1985) “Modell für die asynchrone Simulation des Betriebes in Teilen des Eisenbahnnetzes”, Veröffentl. verkehrswissenschaftl. Institut RWTH Aachen, PhD thesis, H. 38

[9] Radtke, A., Hauptmann, D. (2004) “Automated planning of timetables in large railway networks using a microscopic basis and railway simulation techniques”, Computers in Railways IX, 615-625

[10] Nash, A., Huerlimann, D. (2004) “Railroad simulation using OpenTrack”, Computers in Railways IX, 45-54

[11] Carey, M., Carville S. (2000) “Testing schedule performance and reliability for train stations”, Journal of Operational Research Society, Vol. 51, 666-682

[12] Kaminsky, R. (2001) “Pufferzeiten in Netzen des spurgeführten Verkehrs in Abhängigkeit von Zugfolge und Infrastruktur”, Wissenschaftl. Arbeiten Institut für Verkehrswesen, Eisenbahnbau und –betrieb Universität Hannover, H. 56, PhD thesis, Hestra: Darmstadt

[13] Carey, M. , Carville S. (2003) “Scheduling and platforming trains at busy complex stations”, Transportation Research, Part A, Vol. 37, 195-224

[14] Steckel, J. (1991) “Strategische Optionen für die zufällige Fahrzeit im Eisenbahnbetrieb” (Strategic options for the random running time in railway operations), PhD thesis, Hochschule für Verkehrswesen “Friedrich List”, Dresden

[15] Goverde, R.M.P., Hansen, I.A. (2002) “TNV-Prepare: Analysis of Dutch Railway Operations Based on Train Detection Data”, Computers in Railways VII, 779-788

[16] Yuan, J., Hansen, I.A. (2005) “Optimizing Capacity Utilization of Statipons by Forecasting Knock-on Train Delays”, 1st Int. Seminar on Railway Operations Modelling and Analysis, Delft

[17] Wendler, E. (2001) “Quality management in the operation planning process by means of harmonized modeling”, WCRR 25-29 Nov. Cologne, paper no. 302

[18] Pachl, J. (2002) “Railway Operation and Control”, VTD Publishing [19] Yuan, J., Goverde, R.M.P., Hansen, I.A. (2002) “Propagation of train

delays in stations”, in: Allan, J. et al. (ed.) Computers in Railways VIII, WIT: Southampton, Boston, 975-984

[20] UIC Union International des Chemins de Fer (2003) “Leaflet 405-1 Capacity”

[21] Goverde, R.M.P. (2005) “Punctuality of Railway Operations and Timetable Stability Analysis”, PhD thesis, TRAIL Thesis Series T2005/10, Delft

[22] Vakhtel, S. (2002) “Rechnerunterstützte analytische Ermittlung der Kapazität von Eisenbahnnetzen”, Veröffentl. verkehrswissenschaftl. Institut RWTH Aachen, PhD thesis, H. 59

[23] Watson, R. (2005) “Using stochastic simulation to predict timetable performance – status and developments in the UK”, 1st Int. Seminar on Railway Operations Modelling and Analysis, Delft

Timetabling 47

Page 59: 1845645006Timetable Planning

This page intentionally left blank

Page 60: 1845645006Timetable Planning

A Decision Support System for railway timetabling (MOM): the Spanish case

1 2 2 1 1

& M. Abril1 1DSIC, Universidad Politécnica de Valencia, Spain 2DEIOAC, Universidad Politécnica de Valencia, Spain

Abstract

Train timetabling is a difficult and time-consuming task, given the complexity and number of constraints to be taken into account. A feasible train timetable should specify the departure and arrival time of each train to each location of its journey so that the line capacity and other operational constraints are met. Traditionally, train timetables have been generated manually by drawing trains on the time-distance diagram, where train schedules are manually adjusted so that all constraints are fulfilled. This process can take a long time and it usually stops once a feasible timetable is found. The difficulty of the process increases in complex and high-loaded networks and the resulting timetabling may be far from optimal. In this work, we present MOM: a friendly, flexible, computer-based Decision Support System (DSS) whose main goal is to support the railway planner to efficiently obtain optimized train timetables. The system generates feasible and high quality timetables by considering the set of constraints of the problem and optimization criteria related to the use of railway infrastructures and operator requirements. The railway planner can obtain several solutions automatically, by modifying certain parameters (departure interval, frequencies, among others). Hence, the user can analyze them and take decisions about conditions related to railway traffic and infrastructure. Furthermore, an important feature of the DSS is the consideration of hard and soft constraints which makes the search process more flexible and reaches better solutions. The developed DSS offers assistance in train scheduling, conclusions about the maximum capacity of the network, identifying bottlenecks, determining the consequences of changes, providing support in the resolution of incidents, and alternative planning in on-line scheduling for real traffic control. This DSS software is being successfully used by the Spanish Manager of Railway Infrastructure (ADIF). Keywords: Decision Support System, train timetabling, railway capacity, on-line scheduling.

F. Barber , P. Tormos , A. Lova , L. Ingolotti , M. A. Salido

Timetabling 49

Page 61: 1845645006Timetable Planning

1 Introduction

European railways are undergoing a period of massive reforms that include the separation of infrastructure management from operators, which involves the open access to new operators competing for the use of the available infrastructure. This new scenario requires an improvement in the use of existing railway infrastructures, increased efficiency and the consideration of a more customer-oriented view looking for increasing the quality of the services they offer. The Spanish Manager of Railway Infrastructure (ADIF) is also involved in this process and is continuing the direction started some years ago, which is focused on the improvement of the use of the network capacity and the increase in quality of the services offered to customers. The Spanish railway network consists of 13,177 km of line that supports a heterogeneous traffic with around 5,000 daily trains, travelling a total of 494,230 km per day. The topology of the Spanish network is radial and is managed taking into account the scheduling of lines with few changeovers. Since is to make the best use of the available resources, one of the specific goals of ADIF is the automatic generation of train timetables that fulfil the existing constraints and optimize several quality criteria. The MOM project is a long-term collaboration between the Polytechnic University of Valencia and ADIF. The aim of the project is the development of a Decision Support System that offers assistance in train scheduling, obtaining optimized timetables, conclusions about the maximum capacity of the network, identifying bottlenecks, determining the consequences of changes, providing support in the resolution of incidents, providing alternative planning, and real traffic control, etc. There are several, useful software systems for railway planning management: RAILSYS, DONS, PETER, ROMAN, VIRIATO, CAPRES, FASTA, AFAIG, DEMIURGE, SISYFE, RAILCAP, OPENTRACK, OPENTIMETABLE, VISION, CMS, TPS and MULTIRAIL among others [2, 4]. All these systems have Infrastructure Management, Evaluation, and Simulation Management modules. Some of them have capabilities of on-line scheduling, timetable optimization, and capacity analysis. All these modules are integrated in MOM with different levels of development. Therefore, MOM can be considered as one of the most complete DSS software systems for railway timetabling, since it can support managers of railway infrastructure, in the difficult decision-making process they face.

2 Railway problem description

Given a railway line which may have both single and double-track sections, the railway timetabling problem consists in adding new trains (periodic or non periodic) to the line in such a way that the timetable assigned verifies the existing constraints and optimizes a multi-objective function. The railway line may be occupied by other trains whose timetables cannot be changed, and the new trains may belong to different operators with different priorities. The stations to be visited by each train may also be different from each other. The

50 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 62: 1845645006Timetable Planning

objective of the system is to obtain a feasible and optimized timetable taking into account: (i) the railway infrastructure topology, (ii) user requirements (parameters of trains to be scheduled), (iii) traffic safety rules, (iv) traffic previously scheduled on the same railway network, and (v) optimization criteria. Table 1 shows the main constraints that are taken into account by MOM.

Table 1: Constraints considered by MOM.

Railway Timetable Constraints Type Time Interval for the Departure of the First Station Operator Time Interval for the Arrival to the Final Station Operator Maximum Delay allowed Operator Frequency (for a set of periodic trains) Operator Commercial Stops in Stations Operator Journey Times (for each track section) Operator Avoidance of Crossings (in one-way track sections) Traffic Avoidance of Overtaking on track sections Traffic Delay for a non specified commercial stop Traffic Reception/Expedition times in crossing/overtaking operations.

Traffic

Avoidance of Simultaneous Departures in stations Traffic Finite track capacity of stations for traffic operations Infrastructure Station Closing Times for traffic operation Infrastructure Headway Times Infrastructure

3 General Architecture of MOM

We have developed a flexible software system whose main goal is to assist the railway planner to design high-quality train timetables with a reasonable computational time. MOM generates feasible and high quality timetables by considering both the set of constraints of Table 1 and the multi-objective function specified. Moreover, the railway planner can also modify different parameters (departure interval, maximum delay, closing time, number of tracks, etc.) to adjust user/infrastructure requirements and obtain different solutions, analyze them, and take decisions about both railway traffic conditions and the available railway infrastructure. Figure 1 shows the basic architecture of MOM. We have structured MOM in two main components: the interface and the optimizer. The interface allows the user to configure the scenario on which the optimization will be carried out; and the optimizer is responsible for providing the planner with a feasible, high-quality timetable according to the constraints specified and the user requirements. The interface module acquires the required railway infrastructure data directly from standard databases. The optimizer implements advanced Constraint Satisfaction and Optimization techniques to find feasible and high-quality timetables. A detailed description of the scheduling methods integrated in MOM

Timetabling 51

Page 63: 1845645006Timetable Planning

is available in [1, 3, 5]. Once the first timetable is obtained, it is available to the user in a graphical or textual format, together with a detailed report about its main characteristics. Afterwards, MOM can obtain other successive and alternative timetables.

Figure 1: Components of MOM Interface.

In the interface module of MOM, the user can establish parameters corresponding to constraints, railway infrastructure, or trains. The main interface functions are described in the following points.

3.1 Railway line and train selection

The user selects the railway line to be used and the trains that will be taken into account by the optimizer. Some of these trains can be considered as trains in circulation. Therefore, their timetables are fixed and will not have to be modified during the solving process. The rest of the trains will make up the List of Trains to be Optimized (LTO), that is, the trains that need to be made compatible with the fixed trains over the given railway infrastructure.

3.2 Journey, train and traffic constraints

The main journey, train, and traffic constraints that the user can parameterize are shown in Table 1: the time interval for the departure of the first station and/or arrival to the final station for each train, the running time for each track section

MOM SYSTEM

Timetable Database

INTERFACE

SELECT RAILWAY LINE

SELECT TRAINS

CONFIGURE OPTIMIZER

PARAMETERIZECONSTRAINTS

DISPLAYRESULTS

SAVE SOLUTION

Infrastruture Manager Database

OPTIMIZER

OPTIMIZE

RailwayOperatorDatabase

52 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 64: 1845645006Timetable Planning

corresponding to the journey of each train in the LTO, maximum delay allowed for each train, the headway time between consecutive trains in the same direction, the reception and expedition times for crossing or overtaking operations, minimal time interval between consecutive departures in stations, the finite track capacity of stations, the closing time in stations for traffic operations, the frequency for periodic trains, the time intervals for infrastructure maintenance, the selection of locations for technical stops of some trains, and the delay for a non specified commercial stop due to unexpected acceleration and braking times. The main interface of MOM is shown in Figure 2.

Figure 2: Main interface of MOM.

3.3 Optimizer configuration

The optimizer module uses a multi-objective function to assess the quality of feasible timetables. This function is composed by several weighted criteria: the average delay for each train, the number of traffic operations, the balance of the delay between upward and downward trains, etc. The weight assigned to each criterion is determined by user. According to the weight given to each criterion, the process searches for the solution that best fulfils the considered objective function. Furthermore, the user can bound the computational burden allowed for optimization. Hence, the obtained timetable will always be feasible, and it will be the best possible timetable according to the weighted optimization criteria and the allowed computational time. In this way, MOM can also be used as an “any-time scheduler”.

Timetabling 53

Page 65: 1845645006Timetable Planning

4 Main capabilities of MOM

MOM can optimize existing timetables, schedule and obtain automatically optimized timetables for new periodic and/or non-periodic trains and make them compatible with the existing scheduled trains. The system can also be used to reschedule timetables according to disruptions and delays in on-line, real-traffic management as well as validate and perform capacity analysis.

4.1 Off-line railway planning

MOM obtains optimized railway timetables in accordance with commercial/user requirements, railway infrastructure, traffic constraints, and optimization multi-criteria. MOM is mainly configured as a computer-based support system for railway scheduling. Hence, the user can easily adjust several parameters (traffic constraints, infrastructure data, train data, journeys, etc.) and obtain correct and optimized timetables with different properties, allowing the user to make the final best selection. In addition, a given timetable could be interactively modified by the user, which can use MOM in order to validate its correctness.

4.1.1 Flexible optimization MOM implements two optimization modes Standard Mode and Flexible Optimization Mode, which can be selected by the user in each optimization process. Standard Optimization (which is the default mode) implies the satisfaction of all the operator, traffic, and infrastructure constraints. In the Flexible Optimization mode, some constraints are considered as Soft Constraints, so that they can be relaxed if the resulting timetable is considerably improved. For instance, the travel time of a given train between two stations would be diminished by 3% in order to avoid a crossing operation with a train going in the opposite direction. Alternatively, the reception time could be relaxed 30 seconds in that station. The constraints that can be relaxed in the flexible optimization mode are: the running time of a train in sections, and the temporal margins for reception, expedition, and headway. The user establishes the allowed relaxation bounds for these constraints. The flexible optimization is applied by MOM if and only if (i) the user selects the Flexible Optimization mode, and (ii) the relaxation of the allowed soft constraints is justified with the improvement achieved in the timetable. After a flexible optimization is performed, a set of constraints is proposed to be relaxed. The user can select to validate all of the relaxed constraints, a subset, or none of them, according to viability of the proposed relaxations and the achieved improvement. All the relaxed constraints in a final timetable have to be validated by the user. Figure 3a, illustrates a feasible timetable obtained by an expert planner, with a total travel time of 46:41:30. This timetable has been automatically optimized by applying the flexible optimization module of MOM. The total travel time is reduced by 5:36:05, (total travel time: 41:05:00) by relaxing some constraints (Figure 3b).

54 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 66: 1845645006Timetable Planning

(a) (b)

Figure 3:

4.2 On-line railway planning

MOM can be used to reschedule traffic timetables according to disruptions and delays in on-line and real-traffic management. The system supports the user in the decision making when disruptions occur. Two objectives can be selected in order to obtain an updated timetable after disruptions: (i) the minimization of the difference between the original timetable and the new timetable for each station and (ii) the minimization of the difference in scheduled arrival time of trains to the final station of their journeys. Figure 4 shows four incidences in a sample instance: two trains that are behind schedule and two trains that are ahead of schedule. After the application of the on-line railway planning module of MOM, the original timetable is updated taking into account the new situation.

Figure 4: On-line scheduling.

4.3 Railway capacity analysis

Optimizing the use of railway infrastructure is a complex and difficult task. Questions such as “What part of extra traffic can be absorbed by the existing

(a) A Standard-Optimized timetable. (b) Improved timetable using Flexible-Optimization.

Timetabling 55

Page 67: 1845645006Timetable Planning

infrastructure?”, “How much investment will be required for new infrastructure?” are important and difficult questions to answer. The goal of capacity analysis is to determine the maximum number of trains that would be able to operate on a given railway infrastructure during a specific time interval, given the operational conditions. MOM can validate and perform capacity analyses of railway infrastructures. The systems can perform both theoretical and practical capacity analyses. In the first case, an analytical study is carried out, whereas the practical analysis is based on simulation (Figure 5). In both cases, if operational conditions and/or railway infrastructure change, the system is able to efficiently update the results of the analyses.

Figure 5: Analysis of line capacity.

5 Some computational issues

MOM is a very efficient software tool. The computational effort to obtain a satisfactory optimized solution depends on the number of trains, the railway infrastructure and its capacity (tracks in stations, single/double-way tracks), the required traffic operations due to the load of the network, etc. Typically, the computational time required for very complex and real problems varies between a few seconds and 2-5 minutes. For instance, a railway timetabling problem that implies the scheduling of 95 new trains, with 37 trains already in circulation (with fixed timetables), on a line of 271.1 Kms, with 51 single-way track sections is optimized by MOM in less than 60 seconds. This scheduling problem implies the solution of 136 crossing conflicts. In this case, the search space is composed of 8.7 E+40 possible solutions. In order to reduce the search space, MOM makes use of several pre-processes, Operations Research techniques, and powerful, intelligent heuristics [3]. Moreover, several levels of optimization can be selected by the user. The minimum level obtains in a few seconds a feasible but middle-optimized timetable, so that the user can easily and

56 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 68: 1845645006Timetable Planning

efficiently evaluate different scheduling parameters and alternative timetables. The maximum optimization level obtains higher quality timetables when the computational time is longer. Figure 6 shows the optimization level with respect to the computational running time of three similar examples to the previous one.

86

88

90

92

94

96

98

100

30 75 120165210255300345390435480525570615660705750

Computational Time (seconds)

% o

f Opt

imal

ity

Figure 6: Optimization level vs computational time.

6 Conclusions

A Railway DSS is presented in this work. The system has three main scheduling modules:

i) Off-line Railway Planning, where the system solves and obtains optimized railway timetables in accordance with: commercial/user requirements, railway infrastructure, traffic constraints, and optimization criteria,

ii) On-line Railway Planning, which reschedules traffic timetables when disruptions, incidences, or delays occur, and

iii) Railway Capacity Analysis, which validates and performs capacity analyses of railway infrastructure.

MOM can be integrated in existing computer-based tools and obtains the required data from standard databases and friendly interfaces. This system is currently being used successfully by the Spanish Manager of Railway Infrastructure (ADIF) for obtaining off-line timetables. Currently, MOM is being improved adding the consideration of the analysis of the robustness and the stability of timetables generated. Further features of MOM can be obtained from http://www.dsic.upv.es/users/ia/gps/MOM.

This work has been partially supported by the research projects TIN2004-06354-C02- 01 (Min. de Educación y Ciencia, Spain-FEDER), FOM-70022/T05 (Min.

A feasible solution is obtained

Acknowledgements

Timetabling 57

Page 69: 1845645006Timetable Planning

de Fomento, Spain) and FP6-021235-2, IST-STREP (UE). We appreciate the assistance of Jose Estrada (Spanish Administration of Railway Infrastructure - ADIF).

References

[1] Barber, F., M. A.Salido; L. Ingolotti; M. Abril; A. Lova; P. Tormos., An InteractiveTrain Scheduling Tool for Solving and Plotting Running Maps. Current Topics in Artificial Intelligence. Lecture Notes in Computer Science/LNAI Series. Springer-Verlag. Vol. 3040, pp. 646-655, 2004.

[2] Hürlimann, D., “Object oriented modelling of infrastructure elements and business processes in railways”. Ph D. Thesis. ETH Zurich.Switzerland, 2001.

[3] Ingolotti,L., F.Barber, P. Tormos, A. Lova , M. A. Salido, M. Abril, An Efficient Method to Schedule New Trains on a Heavily Loaded Railway Network. Advances in Artificial Intelligence. Lecture Notes in Computer Science/LNAI Series. Springer-Verlag Vol. 3315. pp. 164-173, 2004.

[4] Middelkoop, D. Bouwman, M. “Train network simulator for support of network wide planning of infrastructure and timetables. In: Computer in Railways VII, WIT Press, pp. 267-276. 2000.

[5] Salido, M.A., M. Abril , F. Barber, L. Ingolotti, P. Tormos, A. Lova., Topological Constraints in Periodic Train Scheduling. Frontiers in Artificial Intelligence and Applications. Planning, Scheduling and Constraint Satisfaction: From Theory to Practice. Frontiers in Artificial Intelligence and Applications. IOS Press. Vol. 117, pp. 11-20, 2005.

58 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 70: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Method and software tool for an optimized passenger orientated connection management

M. Klemenz & A. Radtke Institute of Transport, Railway Construction and Operation, Leibniz University of Hannover, Germany

Abstract

The trust of customers in adherence to their expectation to a transport service determines the modal split of passenger transport. Therefore, it has to be a goal for each public transport operation company to maintain and to improve the customer’s trust. An important service criteria by a customer accepted public transport offer is travel time. The travel time depends not only on the running time, the dwell time, etc., but also on the number of transfer procedures and the transfer waiting time. One of the essential research problems in the surroundings of the connection planning is the question of under which condition it is appropriate for the planning of a connection. An important aspect to answer this question is the evaluation of the additional total travel time for all involved passengers in consideration of an achieved (additional travel time for transit passengers in the connecting vehicle) or not achieved (additional travel time for transfer passengers in the feeder vehicle) connection. This paper develops a new method of optimized passenger orientated connection management during the planning process (scheduled timetable). The goal is to minimize the additional travel time in consideration of a planned or not planned connection based on the number of all involved passengers. At first it is necessary to identify all influencing variables. After that, all boundary conditions will be modelled by using the graph theory. With an adequate shortest path algorithm it is possible to generate connection strategies specific for stations, lines or whole networks. The particularities of railway operation (e.g. turnaround times, operating fleet, timetable interval, conflicts, infrastructure bottlenecks) have also been considered in the model. For practical use the software tool ANPLA was developed, which is helpful for operating companies or for timetable construction and is used to solve the set

Timetabling 59

Page 71: 1845645006Timetable Planning

of problems in the surroundings of the connection management. Furthermore, the paper includes approaches for a web based application. Keywords: connection management, timetable construction, transit and transfer passenger, graph algorithms, minimized travel time.

1 Introduction

In the surroundings of connection planning there is one essential research question:

Under which condition is it appropriate to plan or not to plan a connection?

An important aspect to answer this question is the evaluation of the additional total travel time for all involved passengers in consideration of an achieved or not achieved connection. If passengers can reach their final destination only by transferring from one train into another train, the travel time increases according to the transfer time (minimum transfer time and transfer waiting time). The holding of a connection

Figure 1: Case study for additional waiting times.

60 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 72: 1845645006Timetable Planning

means an extension of the travel time for the passing through passengers (PTP). The no holding of a connection increases the travel time of the transfer passengers (TP). The travel time extension of the PTP in the connecting train and of the TP in the feeder train is normally anti-proportionally. The amount of the additional travel time for all concerned passengers depends of the difference between the arrival time of the feeder train and the departure time of the connecting train (figure 1). Additional dwell times only appear, if the technical minimum departure time of the connecting train is less than the amount of arrival time of the feeder train and the minimum transfer time (cases 1 and 4).

2 Influencing factors

The method for an optimized passenger orientated connection management and the influencing additional total travel depends on several influencing factors:

Number of transfer passengers. Number of passing through passengers. Arrival time of the feeder train. Minimum transfer time of the feeder train to the connecting train. Departure time of the connecting train. Departure time of an alternative connecting train (service interval of the

connecting train).

3 Determination of number of passengers

The method for an optimized passenger orientated connection management requires information about the modal split, the demand matrix and the time or date of a travel. For the determination of these values different resources are applicable (e.g. statistical evaluation of tickets, interview and count of passengers, positioning with handy ticketing, etc.).

4 Method for the optimized passenger orientated connection management [7]

To minimize the additional dwell times in the planning process, it is necessary to develop a method in consideration of the difference between the arrival time of the feeder train and the earliest departure time of the connecting train, required transfer times, the frequency of the connecting train (the earliest departure time of an alternative connecting train) and the number of concerned passengers.

4.1 Single connection management

The developed method will be demonstrated at first for a two train model (Figure 2), with transfer passengers from the feeder train to the connecting train (application: connection station is final destination of the feeder train).

Timetabling 61

Page 73: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 2: Two train model.

Required data input: Number of passing through passengers (PTP). Number of transfer passengers (TP). Number of boarding passengers at connection station, without transfer

passengers (BP). Number of “on the way” boarding passengers (OBP). Distance between the amount of the arrival time of the feeder train and

the minimum transfer time and the technical minimum departure time of the connecting train.

Technical minimum departure time of an alternative connecting train. This data allows the calculation of the break even point, which defines the time distance between the arrival time of the feeder train (incl. the minimum transfer time) and the departure time of the connecting train. With concern to a minimized extension of travel times, time distance values below the break even point involve a planning of the connection. Time distance values above the break even point entail no planning of the connection.

Figure 3: Calculation of the break even point.

62 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 74: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 3 shows an abstract of the break even point calculation in correlation of the proportion of the number of transfer passenger and the sum of the number of passing through passengers, boarding passengers and on the way boarding passengers and in correlation of the service interval of the connecting train. The break even point calculation provides a comprehensive spectrum of applications for the scheduling of timetables:

Determination of the maximum allowed time distance between the arrival time of the feeder train (incl. minimum transfer time) and departure time of the connecting train.

Determination of the required service interval of the connecting train in cases of no planed connection strategy.

Determination of required passing through passengers in cases of a no planed connection strategy.

Determination of required transfer passengers in cases of a planned connection strategy.

Determination of required minimum transfer time in cases of a planned connection strategy.

4.2 Multiple connection management

In the next step the developed method will be advanced for a station specific n-train model (Figure 4), with transfer passengers between all involved trains. The model for a station specific connection management depends on graph

Figure 4: Graph of a station specific n-train model.

Timetabling 63

Page 75: 1845645006Timetable Planning

algorithms. Each graph represents a station with several train connections. The starting node (source) is the pull into a station and the ending node (sink) is the exit of the station. Each involved train has a connection link between source and the second node. This second node represents the arrival time of this train (tan). A waiting link connects the arrival time with a possible departure time (tab) of this train. The number of different waiting time links depends on the number of involved trains. Each waiting time link includes costs and is representing a certain connection strategy of a train. The costs will be calculated based on the additional travel time of all involved passengers. The last link connects the possible departure time with the exit of the station (sink). To detect an optimal connection strategy it is necessary to compare all the possible waiting links of a train. The link with the lowest costs and therewith the lowest additional waiting time for the concerned passengers is representing the optimal connection strategy. Each train has only one optimal waiting link. The calculation or selection of a waiting link of one train has no influence of the detection of the waiting links of the other trains. This means that the calculation of the optimal connection strategy is for a station specific n-train model for each train independent. The optimal connection strategy for the whole station is the sum of all calculated optimal waiting time links. To identify the optimal connection strategy it is necessary to calculate the costs of each waiting link (HK) of a train. Therefore two equations (1+2) are necessary:

Equation 1: Costs of the waiting link Train xo without additional waiting time:

))tan((* )())(()(1

)())(( xoxoxx

nx

xoxxoxox

xoxo tabtmüzTUHK

with xo = 1,…, (n-1) and with x > xo if xo = n HK = 0

Equation 2: Costs of the waiting link Train xo is waiting for train x

))tan((*

))(tan)((tan*

)(tan*

)(tan*

)())(1()1(

1

)())(1(

))(()())(()(

1

1))((

)())(()(

1

1))((

)())(()()(

xoxoxx

nx

xxxoxox

xozzxoxx

xz

xozxoz

xoxoxx

xoy

yxoy

xoxoxxxo

xxo

tabtmüzTUIV

tmüztmüzUIII

tabtmüzUII

tabtmüzDI

HK

with x = xo+1,...,n

64 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 76: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Description: (I): Additional travel time for passing through passengers of train xo (II): Additional travel time for transfer passengers from train y (which arrives earlier than train xo) into train xo (III): Additional travel time for transfer passengers from train z (which arrives later than train xo, but earlier than train x) into train xo (IV): Additional travel time for transfer passengers from train x+1 (which arrives later than train x) into train xo

U(x)(xo): Transfer passengers from train x to train xo T(xo): Departure time of the next connecting train (service interval) tan (x): Arrival time of the feeder train tab (xo): Departure time of the connecting train tmüz (x)(xo): Minimum transfer time from train x to train xo D (xo): Passing through passengers of train xo

xxoHK Waiting link: Train xo is waiting for train x

Equation 3: The link with the minimal costs (K Min Zug xo) is representing the optimal connection strategy per train.

xxo

xoxoxoMin HKHKMinZugK ;

Equation 4: The sum of all minimal costs (K Min) is representing the station specific optimal connection strategy:

nxo

xoxoMinMin ZugKK

1

4.3 Track specific connection management

In the last step the developed method will be advanced for an n-train model for several stations (Figure 5), with transfer passengers between all involved trains. The detection of an optimal connection strategy for several stations is distinctly more complicated and complex than the detection of a station specific optimal connection strategy. The determination of a path with minimal costs cannot be done station by station. It must be done simultaneously. The required model also depends on the graph algorithm. To model the connection management for several stations it is useful to use a reference train (yo), which is driving through all involved stations. The graph is representing the whole research area. The source represents the first station of the reference train. The final node represents the destination of the reference train. Links, constrained of the number of possible connection strategies, connect the source with the following nodes. These nodes are representing the new arrival time of the reference train at the following station. The arrival time depends on the chosen connection strategy at

Timetabling 65

Page 77: 1845645006Timetable Planning

the predecessor station. Waiting time links are connecting these nodes with the new arrival times at the next stations. At the last node all possible connection paths are running together. Each waiting link is a possible connection strategy of a train. The costs emerge from the additional travel times of all involved passengers. The detection of the minimum costs overall cannot be calculated train by train. Rather the costs have to be calculated for all influenced trains together. Each possible waiting link of a train at a station will be combined with all possible waiting links at the other stations. The link path (per station only one link) with the minimal additional waiting time or travel time for all passengers is representing the optimal connection strategy for the reference train and for all influenced trains. For the calculation the Dijkstra [1, 2 and 3] algorithm will be used (shortest path or path with minimal costs). After the detection of an optimal connection strategy follows the verification of the feasibility related to operational aspects. Not conflict free connection strategies must be rejected. Their paths will be blocked and a new calculation will follow. Figure 5 shows two examples of an abstract of a possible graph model. Example one is a very simple graph model. The connection strategies of the reference train yo and the other trains yo+1(a1), yo+2 (a1) and yo+1 (a2) are independent. They can be calculated by their own.

Figure 5: Example of a graph for the n-station and n-train model.

66 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 78: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Example two shows that the connection strategy of train yo is directly connected with the connection strategy of train y-1(a2). The detection of an optimal connection strategy for the reference train yo is providing at the same time the connection strategy of train yo-1(a2). The connection strategies of other trains yo+1(a1) and yo+1 (a2) can be calculated by their own. The connection strategy of a train, which scheduled departure time at a station occurs earlier than the departure time of the reference train, depends on the chosen connection strategy of the reference train at predecessor stations. Example 2 in Figure 5 illustrates these dependencies: A reference train (train yo) has fixed arrival times at the stations a1 and a2 depending on the chosen connection strategy at the predecessor station. At station a1 train 1 has 2 options: It can continue its journey without holding a connection or it can hold a connection to train yo+1(a1). Therefore, the arrival time of train 1 at station a2 depends on the chosen strategy at station a1. At station a2 train yo-1(a2) has a scheduled departure time which is located earlier than the possible arrival times of train yo. This means that the waiting time costs of train yo-1(a2) depend on the chosen connection strategy of train yo at station a1. If train yo-1(a2) is not waiting for train yo, the additional travel time of transfer passengers of train yo increase. This additional time is independent of the chosen connection strategy at station a1. If train yo-1(a2) is waiting for train yo different additional waiting time costs (depending on the chosen strategy in a1) for the passing through passenger in train yo-1(a2) occur. This waiting time increase depending on postponed arrival time of train yo. To find the minimal additional waiting time for all involved passengers it is necessary to combine all possible connection strategies.

5 Software tool for the optimized passenger orientated connection management

For the application of the method of a passenger orientated connection management were developed the software tool ANPLA (Figure 6). ANPLA [7] is based on the software and algorithm technology successfully used for the implementation of Dispo [2, 3 and 6], the railway vehicle allocation tool of IVE. ANPLA calculates for

n-trains, n-stations and n-connections

depending on the number of concerned passengers, the minimum transfer time, the service interval of the connecting train and the scheduled arrival and departure times

the optimized connection strategy of each train. The user has, with ANPLA, a tool which could answer the question “to plan or not to plan a connection” fast and reliably. ANPLA is a proper tool during the

Rescheduling 67

Page 79: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 6: Screenshot: ANPLA.

timetable construction process to evaluate possible connections, to plan intervals and to define the use of the platforms. Additionally, ANPLA is a useful tool during the operation process and especially for the dispatcher to evaluate, if the connecting train should hold the connection to a delayed feeder train. All railway particularities (e.g. turnaround times, operating fleet, timetable interval, conflicts, infrastructure bottlenecks) are considered in the method of an optimized passenger orientated connection management. But, as well, the system is applicable for all other public transportation systems (e.g. bus, ship or air traffic).

6 Workflow and web based application

After the first stand-alone tests phase of ANPLA the integration into the RailSys®-Enterprise environment to support the timetable request and construction process will be the next step. Figure 7 illustrates an adequate modern workflow between different Train Operating Companies (TOC) and a Railway Infrastructure Undertaking (RIU). The TOC request train slots and other information from the RIU. In the past, this process in general was a time consuming manual task using telephone, pen and paper or simple spreadsheets. The web based RailSys®-CRM (Customer Relation Management) solution for the Hamburg Port Authority (HPA) offers far more possibilities to support this process taking into account the increased time pressure for the planning tasks. TOC and RIU can save time of unnecessary (multiple) data entry and, therefore avoid mistakes. Furthermore, the streaming less flow of data enables the RUI to perform the time table construction on the

68 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 80: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 7: Timetable management workflow and application of ANPLA.

Figure 8: Example of the web interface of RailSys®-CRM.

Timetabling 69

Page 81: 1845645006Timetable Planning

bases of the original requests and follow up changes in a much better quality to construct a non discriminating timetable. Using this technology, the RIU can provide all necessary information to rail regulation authorities to prove the non discriminating timetable construction according to the agreed timetable construction rules. Figure 8 shows an example of the web interface of the RailSys®-CRM [4, 5] module. The integration of timetable construction and railway operation simulation enables the RIU to analyse the performance and stability of the timetable before setting the timetable into operation. Analogous to the railway operation simulation, ANPLA will be integrated in this process to perform the planning of various TOC driven passenger orientated strategies. For this task, the TOC should submit their strategies or parts of their strategy regarding the passenger connection in stations to the RIU. These additional requests would enable the RIU to consider the TOC demands in a further dimension to construct timetables in a much better quality.

7 Results and implementation

The overall result is the construction of a timetable with optimized total travel times and dwell times at connection stations in correlation of the service interval and the number of concerned passengers. The potentials for implementation and the impacts for the railway business are for the timetable construction for train operating companies and for an improvement of the service quality of the transport offer by reducing the total travel time. The new method of a passenger orientated connection management during the planning process and the software tool ANPLA

will reduce the transfer time, will arise the proportion of direct connections, will minimize the travel time of all concerned passengers, can be integrated into the complex timetable planning environments, are applicable for single, multiple or track specific connections, and are adaptive for all public transport systems.

References

[1] Ahuja, R., Magnati, T., Orlin, J. “Network Flows”, Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, New Jersey, 1993

[2] Radtke, A., Software tools to model the railway operation, Habilitation at the Institute of Transport Railway Construction and Operation, Leibniz University of Hannover, 2005

[3] Schumacher, A., A hybrid method for vehicle allocation in rail traffic, Dissertation at the Institute of Transport Railway Construction and Operation, Leibniz University of Hannover, 2004

70 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 82: 1845645006Timetable Planning

[4] Radtke, A., Timetable management and operational simulation: methodology and perspectives, presentation of COMPRAIL 2006, Prag, Czech Republic, (2006), proceedings page 579 – 589

[5] Timetable Construction and Simulation Tool RailSys® Enterprise and RailSys® CRM: www.rmcon.de

[6] Loco Allocation Tool Dispo: www.ivembh.de [7] Klemenz, M., Method of an optimized passenger orientated connection

management during the planning process, Dissertation at the Institute of Transport Railway Construction and Operation, Leibniz University of Hannover, 2008

Timetabling 71

Page 83: 1845645006Timetable Planning

This page intentionally left blank

Page 84: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Applying multiscaling analysis to detect capacity resources in railway networks

A. Gille, M. Klemenz & Th. Siefer Institute of Transport, Railway Construction and Operation, Leibniz Universität Hannover, Germany

Abstract

A substantial part of railway engineering is modeling of the real track infrastructure and train operation processes in computer applications. The electronic data created can be analysed and evaluated for research purposes. Depending on the aim of the research, three different models can be used which differ in their level of itemisation. Macroscopic models have a relative low level of accuracy, mesoscopic a medium and microscopic models have the highest. The Institute of Transport, Railway Construction and Operation (IVE, Hannover) researches computing solutions to deliver the data in the requested level of detail. This is then used for generating and providing infrastructure and train operation data such as timetable data, running times of trains or block occupancy times. The Multiscaling Analysis offers the opportunity to use the appropriate model depth (level of detail) for each request and enables work to progress efficiently. For tasks like long term capacity planning in railway networks no high detail level data is required normally, so macroscopic models can be initiated. To verify if train paths of a timetable, developed on a macroscopic or mesoscopic railway infrastructure, can actually be arranged without conflicts within the block occupancy times or the headway, a more detailed microscopic model is required. Therefore trains with only a low detail level of information like their route, stopping locations and stopping times can be mapped onto a microscopic infrastructure model to prove the feasibility and to determine capacity resources. Keywords: infrastructure, capacity resources, networks, microscopic model, mesoscopic model, macroscopic model, RailSys, NEMO.

Timetabling 73

Page 85: 1845645006Timetable Planning

1 Itemisation of railway infrastructure models

The detail level of a railway infrastructure or a railway operation model depends on the quality and accuracy requirements for generating appropriate results, and on the availability of the basic data. For some purposes high accuracy data is non-existing or cannot be provided on time. Also formal and legal reasons might prohibit free access to high detailed infrastructure data [1].

1.1 Microscopic model

Whenever high detailed data is available, microscopic models should be used to produce results with high quality, especially for timetable planning with an exact running time calculation. In railway business, microscopic models are used for the exact reproduction of the infrastructure network and train operation. A microscopic infrastructure model consists of a node-link system with an accuracy of, for example one meter. It contains all necessary characteristics and parameters of the real infrastructure. The links represent the tracks and cover information about the length, gradient and maximum speed of a track section. The nodes represent the railway equipment and contain information about signalling systems, accessibility within block sections and can carry the function of a signal, switch, speed indicator or a release contact for instance. Whenever one parameter of two links is different, a node has to be set too. Microscopic models are indispensable for running time calculation, timetable calculation and simulation of railway operation processes because of the high level of itemisation that is necessary for these tasks (Figure 1).

Figure 1: Microscopic model of railway infrastructure [2].

1.2 Mesoscopic model

The mesoscopic model is an intermediate stage between the micro- and macroscopic model. It reduces the data complexity and storage capacity compared to a microscopic model. Mesoscopic models are used when microscopic data is not available. If detailed results are required, but only macroscopic data is available, it is necessary to transform the approximate

74 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 86: 1845645006Timetable Planning

information into data with a higher level of accuracy. An established knowledge of the rationalities and habits in railway construction and operation is the precondition for putting these processes into computer algorithms to generate the required data automatically. The differences and the advantages to the macroscopic simple node link model include obtaining more detailed information for the station characteristics like accessibility and exclusion routes. This information is a basic requirement for an estimate railway capacity analysis (Figure 2).

Figure 2: Mesoscopic model of railway infrastructure [2].

1.3 Macroscopic model

Within a macroscopic model each link only contains information about the number of tracks, the average speed, the average block length and the length of the track sections on the whole. Each node only represents, for example, the location of a station or the location of a branch. For some purposes like vehicle circulation planning, long term traffic planning and strategic infrastructure planning it is adequate to use macroscopic models or if necessary to transform microscopic data into macroscopic models. For purposes such as these, high accuracy data is not required.

Figure 3: Macroscopic model of railway infrastructure [2].

Timetabling 75

Page 87: 1845645006Timetable Planning

2 Limits of adopting macroscopic infrastructure models

In most cases macroscopic models are used for long-term traffic planning or calculating average values for train running times. An exact modelling of train runs for running time calculation or the determination of line or station capacities is only possible through working with a detailed microscopic database including the exact positions of infrastructure elements and line parameters. Especially the gradient, which has a wide influence on the train running times. Using a macroscopic model only average gradient values can be applied. To detect every single gradient change a detailed microscopic model is necessary. The determination of running times using macroscopic infrastructure models does not fulfil the requirements of an accurate running time calculation and can be declared as a running time approximation. Particularly in station areas, the imperfection of macroscopic models is a problem. The internal dependencies of a station require an accurate model. In addition, it is not possible to consider train route exclusions, accessibilities, connections or the consequences of the release contacts, speed boards or stopping boards position for the headway in an adequate way. In some cases the stopping board might be positioned in the influence area of the signalling system, so that a train can only travel with reduced velocity after stopping at this position until it reaches the next block section. Due to this the running time of a train can lengthen significantly. Hence microscopic or mesoscopic models must be used for more detailed planning. The following example should clarify the exigency of detailed infrastructure modelling.

2.1 Example (route exclusion)

In this example two trains coming from the same direction, but from different tracks arrive in a station. In real train operation no simultaneous route setting would be possible because of a route exclusion for train 1 and train 2 through this arrangement. Such a dependency cannot be considered in a sufficient way using a macroscopic model (Figure 4).

Figure 4: Necessity of detailed infrastructure modelling.

76 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 88: 1845645006Timetable Planning

3 Transformation of different infrastructure models

With the information provided through a considered model, the Multiscaling Analysis is able to generate the missing information for either a higher detail level or a lower detail level. For example when only rough results are required, but microscopic data is existing, the data can be transformed into a macroscopic model. Therefore average values are calculated for the track sections and no relevant nodes are neglected (Figure 5). When detailed results are required, but only macroscopic data is existing, it is necessary to generate data with high-level accuracy out of low-level accuracy infrastructure information. The requirement to transform data in this direction is an established knowledge of the rationalities and habits in railway construction and operation. With this knowledge, logical connections can be put into the algorithms of computer models using the Multiscaling Analysis to generate the required data automatically.

Figure 5: Transforming detail level of railway infrastructure models [3].

For purposes where mesoscopic modelling is sufficient to gather adequate results or no microscopic infrastructure data is available the macroscopic infrastructure manager of the program RailSys® [8] can be used to generate a mesoscopic infrastructure from a macroscopic infrastructure. The following chapter deals with an explanation of the main components of the macroscopic infrastructure manager of RailSys®.

3.1 Construction of a mesoscopic network

The first step for constructing mesoscopic from macroscopic networks is to edit nodes and links to model the railway infrastructure. The nodes represent the stations or branches (operating points) of the railway network as usual in macroscopic models (Figure 3).

Timetabling 77

Page 89: 1845645006Timetable Planning

The macroscopic model becomes a mesoscopic model through conducting the following steps: 1) Approaches

To model the different train routes in a station, approaches from station to the free track (or the reverse) need to be in place. This means the infrastructure must carry the information as to which platforms can be reached from which track. Through this the switch areas are mapped. (Figure 6)

2) Route exclusions To complete the modelling, route exclusions have to be defined to make sure that no train runs can take place simultaneously on the same switch or track.

Figure 6: Accessibilities in a mesoscopic network [2].

Now the program is able to generate the missing information for timetabling and feasibility confirmations automatically, and produce an artificial microscopic railway infrastructure model through setting entry and exit signals, timing points, release contacts, speed boards and block sections for station and line areas.

4 Timetable feasibility confirmation and capacity analysis

The Multiscaling Analysis has already been applied in the project ”Railway Slot Allocation” [4]. In this project a macroscopic infrastructure is used for calculating an optimised timetable referring to running time approximations. To prove if the approximated running times can be confirmed, and the train paths are feasible without conflicts, the macroscopic timetable must be mapped onto a high accuracy infrastructure model. In this case a mesoscopic infrastructure model with detailed station areas was built from the macroscopic model because no microscopic data was available. Before the feasibility confirmation of the macroscopic timetable, it must be mapped onto the mesoscopic infrastructure. Therefore the macroscopic timetable must be converted into an accurate

78 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 90: 1845645006Timetable Planning

timetable format. This can be arranged with the program ”Slot Allocation-Converter” of RailSys® (Figure 7). The feasibility of the originally macroscopic timetable can be certified under consideration of buffer times, or minimum headways, within the mesoscopic model. As an example, when conflicts from super-imposed block occupation times of two trains are remaining, a conflict protocol is produced from the Slot Allocation-Converter. Thus the macroscopic model can be adjusted, for example, through changing the allowed headway times.

Figure 7: Timetable file conversion using the “Slot Allocation-Converter”

[4].

4.1 NEMO-RailSys - Data exchange between macroscopic and microscopic railway infrastructure models

Another approach is the transformation from microscopic to macroscopic infrastructure without using the mesoscopic level of itemisation. This approach is initiated for long term traffic and capacity planning purposes with the program NEMO [7] in association with RailSys®. NEMO is a strategic planning tool for the evaluating infrastructure and train operation in guided transport systems. It can disclose saving possibilities and capacitive and operational bottlenecks. Because complex microscopic infrastructure data is existing no mesoscopic model is required. The possibility for adopting a mesoscopic infrastructure model within NEMO-RailSys® is not yet verified but possible [9]. Figure 8 shows the interaction between NEMO and RailSys®. For identifying bottlenecks and evaluating transport supply and demand NEMO uses a macroscopic network database. This macroscopic database is generated from a microscopic network in RailSys®. Also running times and minimum headways are calculated on the microscopic infrastructure before adopting the macroscopic NEMO evaluation. After scenario selection and determination of the required train paths to fulfil the demand is done with NEMO the remaining line capacity can be calculated on the microscopic RailSys® network. The capacity determination in RailSys® is made by means of UIC data sheet 406 (“Capacity”) [10].

Timetabling 79

Page 91: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 8: Workflow NEMO - RailSys® [7].

5 Results, impact on railway business and conclusions

Due to working with the Multiscaling Analysis, railway engineers are able to generate missing information with a higher detail level from a lower level source on the one hand, and reduce the data complexity from a microscopic to a macroscopic level on the other hand. For many tasks in railway business including vehicle scheduling, traffic generation and assignment and long term capacity planning, no high level data is required. It is possible to work with macroscopic computer models with a low detail level. For tasks such as running time calculation, simulation of train operation and short-term capacity planning of infrastructure projects microscopic or at least mesoscopic models are required. It is inherent that the more detail with which the data is mapped, the more and better results are possible (Figure 9). But, with a higher accuracy, the data complexity rises and it gets more difficult to obtain the data. For example, in many cases detailed track information cannot be obtained from a countries railway infrastructure operating company easily due to formal or legal reasons and must be gathered in another way. The Multiscaling Analysis can already work with requests concerning train operation feasibilities. For instance, it can be used to verify if macroscopic planned train paths can indeed be arranged within the structure of current train paths. Therefore the trains’ timetable can be mapped onto a mesoscopic infrastructure when no high detailed microscopic data is available. With the mesoscopic or high detailed microscopic infrastructure model running time and block occupancy time calculations can be done. Through this conflicts between

80 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 92: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 9: Opportunities for using Multiscaling Analysis [3].

train paths can be found or train paths can be seen as realisable. The Multiscaling Analysis is a useful method to transform data between micros-, mesos- and macroscopic level, considering the dependencies in railway traffic.

References

[1] Hansen, I., Pachl, J., Radtke, A.: Railway Timetable & Traffic – Analysis, Modelling, Simulation (Chapter 3: “Infrastructure Modelling”). Publisher: Eurail press Hamburg, Germany (2008)

[2] Graphic export from RailSys (version 6) http://www.rmcon.de/englisch/ uber_railsys.html

[3] Radtke, A.: Software tools to model the railway operation, Habilitation at the Institute of Transport, Railway Construction and Operation (No. 64), Leibniz Universität Hannover (2005)

[4] Siefer, Th., Gille, A.: Development of a Slot Management Computer System. Research project for Germany’s Federal Ministry of Economics and Technology, Leibniz Universität Hannover (2007)

[5] Klemenz, M., Schultz, S.: Modelling Aspects of a Railway Slot Allocation. Paper at the IAROR-Congress RailHannover 2007, 2nd International Seminar on Railway Operations Modelling and Analysis, 28.03.-30.03.2007, Hannover

[6] Dynamis, computer program http://www.ivembh.de/dynamis/index.en.htm [7] NEMO, computer program http://www.ivembh.de/nemo/index.en.htm [8] RailSys, computer program http://www.rmcon.de/englisch

/uber_railsys.html [9] Sewcyk, B., Radtke, A., Wilfinger, G.: Computing Microscopic and

Macroscopic Infrastructure Planning Models. Paper at the IAROR-

Timetabling 81

Page 93: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Congress RailHannover 2007, 2nd International Seminar on Railway Operations Modelling and Analysis, 28.03.-30.03.2007, Hannover

[10] UIC – UNION INTERNATIONALE DES CHEMINS DE FER: UIC – CODE 406 “Capacity”, Paris (06/2004)

82 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 94: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Part B Operations Analysis

Page 95: 1845645006Timetable Planning

This page intentionally left blank

Page 96: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Simulation of disturbances and modelling of expected train passenger delays

A. Landex & O. A. Nielsen Centre for Traffic and Transport, Technical University of Denmark, Denmark

Abstract

Forecasts of regularity for railway systems have traditionally – if at all – been computed for trains, not for passengers. It has only relatively recently become possible to model and evaluate the actual passenger delays. This paper describes how it is possible to use a passenger regularity model to estimate the actual passenger delays. The combination of the passenger regularity model with railway simulation software is described, demonstrating the possibility of predicting future passenger delays. The described passenger regularity model is run daily to calculate the passenger delays of the Copenhagen suburban rail network the previous day. The results obtained with the passenger regularity model used together with the simulation software are very similar to the daily calculated passenger regularity of the Copenhagen suburban network. As the combined method includes simulation software and reflects the actual passenger regularity, it is possible to use a combination of a passenger regularity model and simulation software to evaluate and compare future scenarios. Keywords: railway planning, timetable, regularity, simulation, passenger delay.

1 Introduction

Relatively recently has it become possible to model and evaluate the actual passenger delay on large scale railway networks. The method used to model and evaluate actual passenger delays was presented in 2004 by Nielsen [2] and has since been optimised and evaluated [3, 4]. In the planning process, the passenger delays are often calculated by assuming that no passengers transfer to other trains or update/change their route choice when delay or cancellations occur. This assumption does not reflect the passengers’ travel behaviour.

Operations Analysis 85

Page 97: 1845645006Timetable Planning

The first part of the paper briefly describes how to model passenger delays based on a comparison of realised timetables to planned timetables. A passenger strategy is presented, in which passengers plan their route according to the planned (announced) timetable, but start reconsidering their route within a certain threshold after a delay or cancellation of a train [4]. The route choice model, obtained from the passenger strategy, is run each night to evaluate passenger delays in the Copenhagen suburban rail network the previous day [5] and evaluates the impact of train delays on passengers. The model has shown that, due to delays caused by e.g. passenger/door interactions when timetables are stressed and when trains carries more passengers in the rush hours, passenger delays are greater than train delays [4]. Although the model presented in the first part of the paper is used to evaluate the already run timetable, the model can also be used for planning purposes. The second part of the paper describes how the model can be combined with railway simulation software such as RailSys, making it possible to predict the expected passenger delays for different timetable alternatives. The simulated timetables are exported to the passenger delay model for comparison with the planned timetable. The last part of the paper demonstrates that a detailed timetable based passenger delay model together with railway simulation software can be used to evaluate different timetables in the planning process. The evaluation can estimate the expected train delays as well as the daily passenger delays. Furthermore, the model can be used to evaluate in which part of the network passenger delays pose problems.

2 Calculating passenger delays

The core idea of the model is modelling passenger delays by assigning a time-space trip matrix on the realised timetable. This is compared to a calculation where passengers were assigned on the planned timetable (the announced official timetable). It is assumed that passengers plan their optimal desired route according to the planned timetable. If delays occur, exceeding a certain threshold, passengers are assumed to reconsider the route at that point in time and space along the route. If a train is completely cancelled, passengers reconsider their choice without a threshold. As a benchmark (minimal passenger impact due to the delays), an optimal all-or-nothing route choice model can also be used on the realised timetable. This model assumes passengers to have full knowledge of future delays at the beginning of their trip and to choose optimally in accordance to this knowledge. The difference between the solutions obtained with the two methods (the optimistic and pessimistic) is a measurement of the additional loss of missing passenger information, combined with slow passenger responses to changes in the schedule.

86 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 98: 1845645006Timetable Planning

3 Calculating passenger delays by simulation

Calculating passenger delays of the actual performed operation is of interest to evaluate the train company and to identify aspects or routines that could be improved. If it is possible to predict or estimate the future passenger delays, it is possible to evaluate changes in the infrastructure and/or the timetables already when deciding new infrastructure and/or timetables. To evaluate infrastructure changes and timetables it is common to evaluate train delays by simulation. It would thus be obvious and interesting to calculate passenger delays in the same procedure. To calculate the passenger delays by ordinary railway simulation software such as RailSys, it is necessary to build up the infrastructure and the timetables to be simulated. The rules of operation are then set up together with a set of delay distributions to simulate disturbances in the operation. It is now possible to run a simulation of the train operation with the chosen delay distributions. After running the simulation, it is possible to evaluate the infrastructure and the timetable whereupon improvements can be considered. The work process of the simulations can be seen in figure 1; the arrow describes the workflow.

Figure 1: Principles of workflow in rail simulation projects.

Calculation of the passenger delays requires result data from the simulation to contain information of both the planned and all the realized/simulated timetables for all arrivals and departures. The RailSys output file Fahre++.pro contains this information. These results must be transferred from the railway simulation

Operations Analysis 87

Page 99: 1845645006Timetable Planning

software to the passenger delay model by a simple import-export tool developed in VB.Net. Calculation of passenger regularity is initiated by coding the infrastructure and creating the timetable. The rules of operation and the set of delay distributions are then defined. To ensure that the model reflect the real life operation, simulations are run and changes made in the rules of operations and the setup of delay distributions. When the model has been calibrated, the simulation is run. It is now possible to evaluate the train delays. However, to evaluate the passenger delays it is necessary to export the simulation data (the Fahre++.pro file in RailSys) to the passenger delay model before running the model. The workflow of calculating the passenger delays can be seen in figure 2. The simulation of operation, export to passenger delay model and calculation of passenger delays simulates the impacts of one simulated day of operation. To calibrate the model and to obtain a delay distribution, it is therefore necessary to repeat the third step a number of times before the evaluation.

Figure 2: Workflow of simulating disturbances and modelling expected train passenger delays.

4 Simulating disturbances on a large scale network

The entire Copenhagen suburban rail network, including 85 passenger stations, was used for the simulations. The route network contains of 4 lines (A, B, C and E) running in 10 minutes service during the day (between 05:30 and 19:00 hours) and 20 minutes service during the rest of the day. 2 other lines (G and H) run in 20 minutes service, and 1 line (F) run in 5 minutes service in the daytime and 10 minutes service the rest of the day. Some of the departures on line C are shortened. The route network is seen in figure 3.

88 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 100: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 3:

5 Results of simulating disturbances on large a scale network

The RailSys model was run with 110 simulations, of which 2 contained deadlocks where trains blocked the way for each other. The remaining 108 simulations were used for further calculations and evaluations.

The Copenhagen suburban network, fall 2007.

Operations Analysis 89

Page 101: 1845645006Timetable Planning

The results show that the regularity of the trains is higher than the regularity of the passengers, cf. figure 4. The traditional way of calculating passenger regularity (multiplying the delay of the train and the expected getting off the train) is demonstrated to result in higher passenger regularity than when calculated by the passenger regularity model. The differences between the regularity between trains and passengers are due to different numbers of passengers in the trains through the day. Furthermore, some passengers have to change from one train to another under the risk of missing the other train.

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

90%

100%

Earlier

than

plann

ed

At time

30s d

elaye

d

60s d

elaye

d

90s d

elaye

d

120s

delay

ed

150s

delay

ed

180s

delay

ed

210s

delay

ed

240s

delay

ed

270s

delay

ed

300s

delay

ed

330s

delay

ed

360s

delay

ed

390s

delay

ed

420s

delay

ed

450s

delay

ed

480s

delay

ed

510s

delay

ed

540s

delay

ed

570s

delay

ed

600s

delay

ed

1500

s dela

yed

3000

s dela

yed

Regularity of trains * passengersRegularity of trainsOptimistic regularity of passengersPessimistic regularity of passengers

Figure 4:

Train delays do not necessarily cause passenger delays. Some passengers may even benefit from train delays. If a passenger arrives late to the station, a train delay may allow the passenger to catch an earlier train than expected. If the train catches up the delay, the passengers in the train may arrive on time. A similar situation may occur when a passenger changes from one line to another. If the train on the other line is delayed, it is possible to catch an earlier train than planned, thereby reducing the total travel time. In fact many passengers arrive earlier than planned (20 to 25 %), cf. figure 4 and figure 5. From figure 4 it is seen that the optimistic regularity of passengers in general is higher than the pessimistic regularity of passengers. The difference can be explained by the passengers’ knowledge of the delays. In the optimistic calculations, full knowledge of the delays in the entire rail network is assumed – to the extent that passengers have the information before the actual occurrence of the delays. In the pessimistic calculations passengers are assumed to follow a desired optimal route according to the timetable and only reconsider their route after a certain delay. Both principles of calculations have a certain error since passengers do not have full knowledge and passengers for some journeys choose the first train in their direction without waiting before reconsidering their route.

Regularity of trains and passengers at all stations.

90 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 102: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Thus, the true regularity of passengers is between the optimistic and the pessimistic values. The distribution of arrivals at stations according to the planned journey (cf. figure 5 (a)) once again shows that some passengers arrive before scheduled (negative delays). However, it is difficult to see a difference between the result of the optimistic and pessimistic calculation of the passenger delays. This difference is seen in figure 5 b, illustrating a lesser tendency to delay and more passengers to arrive ahead of schedule when evaluated by the optimistic method rather than by the pessimistic method.

0,0%

5,0%

10,0%

15,0%

20,0%

25,0%

30,0%

35,0%

40,0%

45,0%

-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20

Optimistic evaluationPessimistic evaluation

-0,5%

-0,4%

-0,3%

-0,2%

-0,1%

0,0%

0,1%

0,2%

0,3%

0,4%

-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20

a b

0,0%

5,0%

10,0%

15,0%

20,0%

25,0%

30,0%

35,0%

40,0%

45,0%

-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20

Optimistic evaluationPessimistic evaluation

-0,5%

-0,4%

-0,3%

-0,2%

-0,1%

0,0%

0,1%

0,2%

0,3%

0,4%

-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20

a b

Figure 5: Distribution of arrivals according to the planned journey at all stations (a) and difference between optimistic and pessimistic evaluation of passenger regularity (b).

6 Discussion

Today, the passenger regularity model is run each night to evaluate passenger delays in the Copenhagen suburban network during the previous day [5]. The model has shown that passenger delays are larger than train delays [4], in accordance with the results presented in this paper. Other results (not published) show great similarity between the daily evaluation of delays and the simulated passenger delays. Even though the RailSys model reproduces the results in Copenhagen quite well, the results can be improved. To do this and to improve reproducibility of the results, the RailSys model must be further calibrated to make the resulting delay at all stations similar to the daily operation. The RailSys model used in this paper has only been calibrated on an overall level so that the average delay for all stations is equal to the daily operation. It is very time-consuming, approaching the impossible, to gain exactly the same delay distribution as for the daily operation and the calibration should thus “only” be at the same level as (and not exact) the regularity of the daily operation [1]. When the RailSys model is calibrated, it is possible to evaluate the regularity of both trains and passengers at isolated stations as shown in figure 6. Beyond that, the passenger regularity model can be used for evaluating (and ranking) infrastructure improvements. The benefits for the passengers in terms of travel time and delays can be estimated and compared with the construction costs in,

Operations Analysis 91

Page 103: 1845645006Timetable Planning

e.g., a cost-benefit analysis. Furthermore, different candidate timetables can be evaluated and compared in the process of developing the best possible timetable for the passengers.

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

90%

100%

Earlier

than

plann

ed

At time

30s d

elaye

d

60s d

elaye

d

90s d

elaye

d

120s

delay

ed

150s

delay

ed

180s

delay

ed

210s

delay

ed

240s

delay

ed

270s

delay

ed

300s

delay

ed

330s

delay

ed

360s

delay

ed

390s

delay

ed

420s

delay

ed

450s

delay

ed

480s

delay

ed

510s

delay

ed

540s

delay

ed

570s

delay

ed

600s

delay

ed

1500

s dela

yed

3000

s dela

yed

Regularity of trains * passengersRegularity of trainsOptimistic regularity of passengersPessimistic regularity of passengers

Figure 6: Regularity of trains and passengers at Copenhagen central station (København H).

Apart from the RailSys model, the passenger regularity model itself can be improved. According to the passenger regularity model, passengers will not change their route of travelling until a certain threshold of delay has been reached. However, on some stations or OD-relations, passengers will just take the first train in their direction. This phenomenon is characteristic for short journeys with high train frequency and is observed in the central Copenhagen between Østerport and Vesterport (cf. figure 3) with a train frequency of 2 minutes in each direction. The phenomenon might, however, also be observed at OD-relations with a lower frequency – i.e. Lyngby-Nørreport (cf. figure 3). Further work is necessary to estimate the correct threshold of delay to make passengers reconsider their route.

7 Conclusions

We have shown that it is possible to calculate the expected passenger delays by simulation of large scale networks and that there is a significant difference between train regularity and passenger delays. The difference between the train regularity and passenger delays is due to the different number of passengers in the trains during the day and the fact that the passengers (to some extent) will change routes due to delays. Furthermore, there is a higher risk of delays in the rush hours due to more passengers and more trains.

92 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 104: 1845645006Timetable Planning

The evaluation of passenger obtained with a simulation software, RailSys, and the passenger regularity model is comparable to the daily operation of the Copenhagen suburban network. Using a well calibrated RailSys model it will be possible to compare travel times and delays for different future scenarios – for changes in infrastructure as well as in timetables. In this way it will be possible to choose the best possible scenario. Even though the results in this paper are very similar to what has been observed on the Copenhagen suburban rail network, the results can be improved both by better calibration of the RailSys model and estimation of the correct threshold of delay before reconsidering the route.

Acknowledgements

Rapidis Aps is thanked for the programming the passenger delay model. Rail Net Denmark (Banedanmark) is thanked for providing the infrastructure data for the Copenhagen urban rail network and discussions on the RailSys model. DSB S-tog (the train company of the Copenhagen suburban rail network) is thanked for providing the future timetables and OD-matrices for the travel patterns. Stephen Hansen and Kenneth Christensen, Centre for Traffic and Transport at the Technical University of Denmark, is thanked for developing the import-export tool from RailSys to the passenger delay model and the evaluation tool used.

References

[1] Kaas, A. H., Punctuality model for railways. Proc. of the 7th International Conference on Computers in Railways, eds. J. Allan, R. J. Hill, C. A. Brebbia, G. Sciutto & S. Sone, pp. 853-860, 2000

[2] Nielsen, O. A., A large scale stochastic multi-class schedule-based transit model with random coefficients. Schedule-Based Dynamic Transit Modelling – Theory and Applications. In Schedule-Based Dynamic Transit Modelling: theory and applications, eds. Wilson, N. and Nuzzolo, A. Kluwer Academic. pp. 51-77, 2004

[3] Nielsen, O. A. & Frederiksen, R. D., Optimisation of timetable-based, stochastic transit assignment models based on MSA. Paper accepted for Annals of Operations Research special issue on Optimisation in Transportation. Forthcoming, Elsevier, 2006

[4] Nielsen, O. A. & Frederiksen, R. D., Modelling train passenger delays. Symposium on The Reliability of Travelling and the Robustness of Transport Systems, eds. van Zuylen, H.J., pp. 137-156, 2005

[5] Seest, E., Nielsen, O. A. & Frederiksen, R. D., Calculating passenger regularity in the Copenhagen suburban network. Proc. of Trafficdays, 2005 (in Danish).

Operations Analysis 93

Page 105: 1845645006Timetable Planning

This page intentionally left blank

Page 106: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Evaluating stochastic train process time distribution models on the basis of empirical detection data

J. Yuan, R. M. P. Goverde & I. A. Hansen Faculty of Civil Engineering and Geosciences, Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands

Abstract

This paper evaluates several commonly applied probability distribution models for stochastic train process times based on empirical data recorded in a Dutch railway station, The Hague Holland Spoor. An initial guess of model parameters is obtained by the Maximum Likelihood Estimator (MLE). An iterative procedure is then followed, in which large delays are omitted one by one and the distribution parameters are estimated correspondingly using the MLE method. The parameter estimation is improved by minimizing the Kolmogorov-Smirnov (K-S) statistic where of course the empirical distribution is still based on the complete data set. A local search is finally performed in the neighbourhood of the improved model parameters to further optimize the estimation. To evaluate the distribution models, we compare the K-S statistic among the fitted distributions with optimized parameters using the one-sample K-S goodness-of-fit test at a commonly adopted significance level of α = 0.05. It has been found that the log-normal distribution can be generally considered as the best approximate model among the candidate distributions for both the arrival times of trains at the platform and at the approach signal of the station. The Weibull distribution can generally be considered as the best approximate distribution model for non-negative arrival delays, departure delays and the free dwell times of late arriving trains. The shape parameter of the fitted distribution is generally smaller than 1.0 in the first two cases, whereas it is always larger than 1.0 in the last case. These distribution evaluation results for train process times can be used for accurately predicting the propagation of train delays and supporting timetable design and rescheduling particularly in case of lack of empirical data. Keywords: train delays, running and dwell times, track occupancy times, statistical distribution, the K-S test.

Operations Analysis 95

Page 107: 1845645006Timetable Planning

1 Introduction

Modelling the distribution of train process times is an important research topic. Arrival and departure delay distributions reflect the punctuality level of trains at stations. Based on the distribution of input delays of trains at the boundary of a railway network and the distribution of primary delays within this network, the distribution of knock-on delays and that of the resulting exit delays can be estimated, which supports timetable design and operations management [10]. Train process time distributions are often assumed based on experiences from real operations and limited literature [2], [3], [6], [8], [9] exists with respect to statistical inference of the distributions using empirical data observations. Track occupation and release records show the total delays of trains and may include knock-on delays. Therefore, data filtering is necessary to fit the distribution of primary delays on the basis of train detection data [9]. To the best of our knowledge, there is no publication that evaluates the conditional train running and dwell and track occupancy time distributions in the case of different aspects of relevant block signals, which can be used for estimating knock-on delays more accurately [10]. This paper evaluates several commonly applied distribution models for stochastic train process times on the basis of empirical traffic data recorded in a Dutch railway station The Hague Holland Spoor (The Hague HS). The evaluation of distribution models is performed not only for the arrival times (delays), non-negative arrival delays and departure delays of trains at the station, but also for the arrival times of trains at the boundary of the local railway network and the train running, dwell and track junction occupancy times within the local network. This paper is structured as follows. Section 2 outlines the distribution models to be evaluated and the evaluation method. The results of the distribution evaluation for the process times of trains are then discussed in Section 3. Finally, the main conclusions are drawn in Section 4.

2 Distribution models and the evaluation method

A variety of theoretical probability distributions, including the normal, uniform, exponential, gamma, beta, Weibull, and log-normal distributions [5], have been adopted in the literature to model the stochasticity of train process times. Given a continuous distribution model, the parameters are estimated on the basis of empirical data using e.g. the maximum likelihood method. The resulting fit can be tested using the Kolmogorov-Smirnov (K-S) goodness-of-fit test. This test is based on the K-S statistic, defined as the maximum absolute difference between the empirical and fitted cumulative distribution function [5]. However, the estimated parameters are generally sensitive to outliers in the data set. We therefore used an iterative parameter estimation method. An initial guess of the model parameters is obtained using the Maximum Likelihood Estimator (MLE) of the complete data set. Next, the large delays in the original data set are omitted iteratively one by one estimating the distribution parameters correspondingly using the MLE method. In each iteration, we compute the K-S

96 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 108: 1845645006Timetable Planning

statistic where of course the empirical distribution is still based on the complete data set. The iterative procedure terminates if the K-S statistic cannot be decreased any more. After the iterative procedure, we apply a local search in the neighbourhood of the parameter estimate to further optimize the parameter estimation by minimizing the K-S statistic. It should be mentioned that the location parameter of each distribution model except for the normal distribution was taken as the minimum value of the empirical data observations. To evaluate the candidate distributions, we compare the K-S statistic among the fitted distributions with optimized parameters using the one-sample K-S test [5] at a commonly adopted significance level α = 0.05. To visualize the quality of distribution fitting for the process times of trains, we compare the fitted distribution density curve with the kernel estimate and empirical histogram [7] and apply the distribution differences plot [1] for the fitted distribution and the empirical one.

3 Evaluation results

The distribution of train process times may depend on the types and routes of trains. We hence evaluate the distribution models for the process times of trains per train series in both the southbound and northbound directions at The Hague HS railway station.

3.1 Arrival times

The modelling of train arrival time distribution is a prerequisite for predicting the propagation of train delays at stations. To incorporate the impact of the knock-on delays caused by route conflicts in a delay propagation model, we need to distinguish the arrival times of trains at the station platform from that at the approach signal of the station. Early arriving trains are often considered as punctual trains in some delay propagation models [4], where the distribution of non-negative arrival delays is of the main concern. It has been found that the location-shifted log-normal distribution is the best approximate model among the candidate distributions in 9 and 11 of the 14 considered cases for both the arrival times of trains at the approach signal of the station and at the platform track, respectively. This distribution model has not been rejected by the K-S test in 9 and 10 of the 14 cases for both the arrival times. The optimized parameters and the K-S test results for the log-normal distribution are given in Table 1, where µ and σ represent the mean and standard deviation of the underlying normal distribution and p denotes the p-value [5] of the K-S test. Figure 1: shows the optimized log-normal distribution density curve, kernel estimate and empirical histogram for the arrival times of the northbound intercity train series IC2100N at the approach signal of the station. The corresponding distribution differences plot is shown in Figure 2:, where the two dotted horizontal lines represent the critical error bounds for the K-S test. In both figures, the reference time is defined at the scheduled arrival time of the studied

Operations Analysis 97

Page 109: 1845645006Timetable Planning

train series at the station. The optimized log-normal fit matches well the empirical data. In this case, the distribution differences plot does not cross the error bounds, therefore the location-shifted log-normal distribution has not been rejected by the K-S test.

Table 1: Optimized parameters and the K-S test results of the log-normal fit for the arrival times of trains in The Hague HS.

Train At the approach signal At the platform track Series µ σ Best p µ σ Best p IR2200S 4.6 0.6 × 0.03 4.8 0.6 √ 0.16 IC2100S 4.3 0.7 √ 0.61 4.5 0.7 √ 0.38 IC2400S 4.2 0.8 √ 0.25 4.4 0.9 √ 0.42 INT600S 4.9 0.7 × 0.18 5.0 0.5 √ 0.20 HST9300S 4.8 0.9 × 0.01 4.8 0.9 × 0.00 AR5000N 4.7 0.4 √ 0.00 4.7 0.5 √ 0.00 AR5100N 4.5 0.5 √ 0.00 4.6 0.5 √ 0.00 IR2200N 4.6 0.4 × 0.00 4.5 0.5 × 0.00 IC1900N 4.9 0.6 × 0.15 5.1 0.5 × 0.16 IC2100N 5.0 0.7 √ 0.55 5.0 0.7 √ 0.14 IC2400N 4.8 0.6 √ 0.31 4.9 0.6 √ 0.79 IC2500N 4.8 0.6 √ 0.13 4.9 0.5 √ 0.15 INT600N 4.8 0.7 √ 0.26 4.9 0.6 √ 0.22 HST9300N 4.6 0.7 √ 0.38 4.6 0.8 √ 0.30

Figure 1: Log-normal fit, kernel estimate and histogram for the arrival times of IC2100N at the station approach signal.

Figure 2: Distribution differences plot for the log-normal fit and the arrival times of IC2100N at the station approach signal.

We have also evaluated the candidate distributions for non-negative arrival delays of trains at the platform track. The Weibull distribution is the best fit among the candidate distributions in 7 of the total 18 studied cases. This distribution model has not been rejected by the K-S test in 17 of the 18 cases. Since the exponential distribution has been widely used to model the

98 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 110: 1845645006Timetable Planning

stochasticity of non-negative arrival delays [2], [6], [9], we visualize the goodness-of-fit of both the Weibull and exponential distributions in Figure 3: and Figure 4: for the northbound intercity train series IC2100N. The non-negative arrival delays fit to the Weibull distribution with a shape parameter of 0.8 overall better than the exponential distribution especially at the range of larger delays. Both the distributions have not been rejected by the K-S test in this case.

Figure 3: Fitted density curves and histogram of non-negative arrival delays of IC2100N.

Figure 4: Distribution differences plots for non-negative arrival delays of IC2100N.

In conclusion, the log-normal distribution can be generally considered as the best model among the candidate distributions for both the arrival times of trains at the platform and at the approach signal of the station. The Weibull distribution matches well non-negative arrival delays. For simplicity, we may use the exponential distribution, which is a special type of the Weibull distribution, to be as an approximate distribution model for non-negative arrival delays if the density is decreasing.

3.2 Departure delays

Departure delays are non-negative since trains are not allowed to depart from the station earlier than the scheduled departure time. The distribution of departure delays can be used to predict the distribution of outbound track release times and the distribution of train arrival times at the following stations. It has been found that the Weibull distribution is the best approximate model among the candidate distributions for the departure delays of trains in 11 of the total 18 studied cases. The exponential distribution is the best approximate model in 2 of the 18 cases. In addition, both the distributions have not been rejected by the K-S test in 10 of the total 18 cases. Figure 5: and Figure 6: visualize the goodness-of-fit of both the Weibull and exponential distributions for the departure delays of the southbound intercity train series IC2400S. Early arriving trains usually do not depart very late and some trains may arrive at and depart from the station very late, which results in a very steep histogram of the departure delays. The Weibull fit with a shape parameter of 0.8 matches the

Operations Analysis 99

Page 111: 1845645006Timetable Planning

delays overall better than the exponential fit. In this case, the former distribution has not been rejected while the latter distribution has been rejected by the K-S test. Thus, we can generally consider the Weibull distribution to be as the best approximate model among the candidate distributions for departure delays. Just like for non-negative arrival delays, the exponential distribution can be considered as an approximate distribution model for departure delays if the density is decreasing.

Figure 5: Fitted density curves and histogram of departure delays of IC2400S.

Figure 6: Distribution differences plots for departure delays of IC2400S.

3.3 Dwell times

The dwell times of trains are the difference between the arrival and departure times. Early arriving trains generally have much longer dwell times and they are not of our main concern. To estimate the knock-on delays and departure delays of trains at stations, it is critical to obtain the distribution of the free dwell times for late arriving trains [10]. The free dwell time of a train is defined as the necessary dwell time for passenger alighting and boarding in the absence of hindrance from other trains. We fit the free dwell time distribution for late arriving trains per train series in one direction using the dwell time observations of the trains that satisfy

and 30i i i iA a C A> ≤ +

where, Ai and ai denote the actual and scheduled arrival time of train i at the platform track and Ci represents the clearance time of the outbound route of this train. The unit of these times is in seconds. Late arriving trains are selected by the former inequality and the latter inequality ensures that the chosen trains are not hindered by other trains at the station after a minimal dwell time of 30 s. It has been found that the Weibull distribution is the best approximate model among the candidate distributions for the free dwell times of late arriving trains in 16 of the total 18 studied cases. In addition, this distribution model has not been rejected by the K-S test in all the cases. Figure 7: and Figure 8: visualize

100 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 112: 1845645006Timetable Planning

the goodness-of-fit of the Weibull distribution model with a shape parameter of 1.9 in case of the northbound interregional train series IR2200N. The fitted distribution matches well the kernel estimate for the empirical data and it has not been rejected by the K-S test. In conclusion, the Weibull distribution with a shape parameter larger than 1.0 is the best approximate model among the candidate distributions for the free dwell times of late arriving trains.

Figure 7: Weibll fit, kernel estimate and histogram for the free dwell times of late arriving trains of IR2200N.

Figure 8: Distribution differences plot for the Weibull fit and the free dwell times of late arriving trains of IR2200N.

3.4 Running times and track occupancy times

The distribution of train running times and that of track occupancy times are required to estimate the propagation of train delays in a railway network. In this paper, we focus on statistical distribution of the running times of trains on the preceding block of The Hague HS station and that of the occupancy times of adjacent junctions around this station. In case of an approaching train, if the inbound route is released earlier than the time of the train arriving at sight distance of the approach signal, the train approaches the station at the free running speed. Otherwise, the train is hindered and has to decelerate and even stop on the preceding block of the station. To accurately estimate the knock-on delays caused by route conflicts in a station area, it is necessary to investigate the conditional distributions of inbound train running and track occupancy times in the case of different aspects of the approach signal and home signal of the station. For a departing train, if it is hindered due to outbound route conflicts, it dwells at the station for a longer time, but running on the next track sections will not be hindered again. In this case, the conditional distributions are not applicable. To model the conditional distributions of inbound train running and track occupancy times based on a statistical analysis of the empirical data, the first step is to classify the data observations. By comparing the arrival time of each train at the approach signal to the clearance time of the inbound route, we have extracted a data set suited for fitting the free train running and track occupancy

Operations Analysis 101

Page 113: 1845645006Timetable Planning

time distributions in each studied case. A hindered approaching train may pass the home signal with reduced speed without a stop or with acceleration speed after a stop in front of this signal. Since the standstill of a train on track is not recorded, we cannot directly identify whether or not a hindered train stops before the home signal based on track occupancy and release records. Adopting the k-means routine within the statistical analysis tool S-Plus [7], we have split the data sample of hindered trains for each studied train series into two separate parts which correspond approximately to the two cases mentioned in the above. However, for the hindered trains that stop before the home signal, it is still unknown when these trains stop. Therefore, we have lack of the running times of these trains on the preceding block of the station. For the free running times of trains on the preceding block of the station, most of the candidate distributions have been rejected by the K-S test. Both the Weibull and normal distributions have not been rejected by the K-S test in 2 of the total 13 studied cases. In addition, each of these distributions is the best approximate model among the candidate distributions in 5 of the 13 cases. For inbound junction occupancy times by the free passing trains, the Weibull distribution is the best approximate distribution model in 3 of the total 4 considered cases and has not been rejected by the K-S test. The normal and Weibull distribution is the best fit among the candidate distributions for outbound track occupancy times in 2 and 1 of the total 3 considered cases, respectively. In addition, both the distributions have not been rejected by the K-S test in 2 of the 3 cases. The goodness-of-fit of the Weibull and normal distributions for the above-mentioned train process times is shown in Figure 9: and Figure 10:, respectively.

Figure 9: Weibull fit, kernel estimate and histogram for inbound junction occupancy times of free running trains IC2100S.

Figure 10: Normal fit, kernel estimate and histogram for outbound junction occupancy times of IC1900N.

In the case of the hindered trains that do not stop before the home signal, the Weibull and normal distribution is the best approximate distribution model for the running times on the preceding block of the station in 2 and 1 of the total 6 considered cases, respectively. In addition, both of the distributions have not been rejected by the K-S test in the 6 cases. For inbound junction occupancy

102 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 114: 1845645006Timetable Planning

times by the hindered trains, the normal and Weibull distribution is the best approximate distribution model in 2 and 1 of the 5 considered cases and these distributions have not been rejected by the K-S test in the 5 cases. In the case of the hindered trains that stop before the home signal, the inbound junction occupancy times fit best to the normal distribution in the two considered cases and this distribution has not been rejected by the K-S test in one of the two cases. The goodness-of-fit of the Weibull and normal distributions for the above-mentioned train process times is given in Figure 11: and Figure 12:, respectively.

Figure 11: Weibull fit, kernel estimate and histogram for inbound running times of hindered INT600S that do not stop before the home signal.

Figure 12: Normal fit, kernel estimate and histogram for inbound junction occupancy times of hindered INT600S that stop before the home signal.

In conclusion, it is difficult to find a good distribution for the conditional train running and track junction occupancy times in the case of different aspects of relevant block signals. This might be because of the big variation of train speed on the short track sections in the complicated station and junction area.

4 Conclusions

We have compared several commonly applied distribution models for train process times on the basis of empirical train detection data recorded at a Dutch railway station The Hague HS. It has been found that the log-normal distribution can be generally considered as the best approximate model among the candidate distributions for both the arrival times of trains at the platform and at the approach signal of the station. The Weibull distribution can generally be considered as the best approximate distribution model for non-negative arrival delays, departure delays and the free dwell times of late arriving trains. The shape parameter of the fitted distribution is generally smaller than 1.0 in the first two cases, whereas the shape parameter is always larger than 1.0 in the last case. For simplicity, the exponential distribution can be used as an approximate distribution model for non-negative arrival delays and departure delays if the density is decreasing.

Operations Analysis 103

Page 115: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Acknowledgement

This publication is a result of the research programme Towards Reliable Mobility, carried out within the Transport Research Centre of Delft University of Technology.

References

[1] Averill, M.L. & Kelton, W.D., Simulation Modeling and Analysis, McGraw-Hill, 2000.

[2] Goverde, R.M.P., Hooghiemstra, G. & Lopuhaä, H.P., Statistical Analysis of Train Traffic: The Eindhoven Case, DUP Science, Delft, 2001.

[3] Hermann, U., Untersuchung zur Verspätungsentwicklung von Fernreisezügen auf der Datengrundlage der Rechnerunterstützten Zugüberwachung Frankfurt am Main, PhD thesis, Technische Hochschule Darmstadt, 1996.

[4] Radtke, A. & Hauptmann, D., Automated planning of timetables in large railway networks using a microscopic data basis and railway simulation techniques, In: Allan, J. et al. (eds.), Computers in Railways IX, pp. 615-625, WIT Press, Southampton, 2004.

[5] Ross, S. M., Introduction to Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists, Elsevier, 2004.

[6] Schwanhäusser, W., Die Bemessung der Pufferzeiten im Fahrplangefüge der Eisenbahn, PhD thesis, RWTH Aachen, 1974.

[7] S-Plus, S-Plus 2000 Guide to Statistics, Vol. 2, Data Analysis Products Division, Mathsoft, Seattle, 1999.

[8] Steckel, J., Strategische Optionen für die Zufällige Fahrzeit im Eisenbahnbetrieb, PhD thesis, Hochschule für Verkehrswesen ‘Friedrich List’ Dresden, 1991.

[9] Wendler, E. & Naehrig, M., Statistische auswertung von verspätungsdaten, Eisenbahningenieurkalender EIK, pp. 321-331, 2004.

[10] Yuan, J. & Hansen, I.A., Optimizing Capacity Utilization of Stations by Forecasting Knock-On Train Delays, In: Hansen, I.A. et al. (eds.), Proceedings of 1st International Seminar on Railway Operations Modelling and Analysis, Delft, 8-10 June, 2005.

104 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 116: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Development of a dwell time calculation model for timetable planning

S. Buchmueller1, U. Weidmann1 & A. Nash2 1Institute for Transport Planning and Systems (IVT), Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETHZ), Switzerland 2Vienna Transport Strategies (VTS), Vienna, Austria

Abstract

Accurately estimating station dwell time is critical for timetable planning. Its importance has increased as railways seek to improve timetable stability and network efficiency, while serving more passengers and different types of transport services. This research consisted of developing a station dwell time model in cooperation with the Swiss Federal Railways (SBB). The proposed model estimates dwell times based on the input parameters: vehicle type (number, position, width and level of doorways), infrastructure (platform level) and demand (number and distribution of passengers). The research divides dwell time into five sub-processes: door-unblocking, opening doors, passenger boarding/alighting, closing doors and train dispatching. Each sub-process was evaluated separately to understand its influence on dwell time. The SBB’s automatic passenger counting system was used to record the number of passengers boarding and alighting at each door and the beginning/ending time of each sub-process. During eight months over three million measurements were made on four different vehicle types operating on 20 different routes. These data were analyzed and used to develop the dwell time model. This paper describes the research methodology, the structure of the dwell time model, the data collection system and presents a summary of results including statistical distribution and influence factors of sub-process times. Keywords: timetable planning, dwell time, dwell process, boarding/alighting process, railway process times, S-Bahn train, regional train, automatic passenger counting system.

Operations Analysis 105

Page 117: 1845645006Timetable Planning

1 Introduction

1.1 Background

Switzerland’s suburban railway (S-Bahn) systems have become a victim of their own success. Passenger growth is increasing rapidly due to improved service quality (patronage on some lines has doubled in last 15 years). Unfortunately, the increased number of passengers has also increased critical service times such as station dwell time. The S-Bahn systems are operated in mixed traffic, in other words long-distance, suburban, regional and freight trains all share the same infrastructure. Finally, the Swiss railway network is operating close to capacity. This combination of factors has increased the risk of reducing timetable stability on the entire network. One way of reducing this risk is to plan operations more precisely. An important part of this planning process is to accurately estimate station dwell time. Therefore, the Swiss Federal Railways (SBB) asked the IVT to develop a universal dwell time calculation model.

1.2 Research objectives

The research objective was to develop a dwell time calculation model that allows planners to predict station dwell time (mean and spreading) by entering the following input parameters: vehicle type (number, position, width and level of doorways), station infrastructure (platform level) and demand (number and distribution of boarding and alighting passengers). The output of the dwell time calculation model was defined as the time needed for a given number of passengers to board and alight the train at a specific stop. The model does not include the time needed to compensate for timetable margins (scheduled buffer times) or operational delays.

1.3 Paper outline

This paper is structured as follows: Section 2 describes the dwell process and its sub-processes. Section 3 describes the data collection system used to evaluate the dwell process. Section 4 presents results of the statistical evaluation of sub-process times and their influence factors. Section 5 presents conclusions including a description of the dwell time estimation tool and recommendations for further research.

2 Analysis of the station dwell process

A train’s station dwell time is determined by the combination of the passenger boarding/alighting process, the door control system processes, and actions taken by the train driver and infrastructure operator (compare [1, 2]). There are two main parts of the station dwell process: passenger service time and train dispatching time. In order to separate the influences of the different actors the station dwell process was divided into the 5 sub-processes shown in Table 1.

106 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 118: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Table 1: Dwell time sub-processes.

Sub-process Location Process Begins Process Ends Door-unblocking (DU) 1 Doorway Train arrival Begin door opening Door opening (DO) 1 Doorway Begin door opening First passenger

through the doorway Boarding/alighting (BA)

1 Doorway First passenger through the doorway

Last passenger through the doorway

Door closing (DC) 1 Doorway Last passenger through the doorway

Door closed

Train dispatching (TD) Whole Train Last door closed Train departure As illustrated in Figure 1, since there are usually two or more doors per train, the first part of the dwell process – the passenger service time – can be understood as parallel sequences of the sub-processes DU, DO, BA and DC at each vehicle door (q.v. [1]). Due to unequal passenger distributions using vehicle doors and the stochastic spread of sub-process times, the last closing door determines the passenger service time. After the last door has been closed, the dwell process continues with the train dispatching sub-process.

Figure 1: Dwell time sub-processes.

3 Data collection: dwell time process measurement

3.1 Data collection requirements

In order to estimate station dwell time, it is necessary to accurately measure the time needed to complete each sub-process in the dwell process and the number of passengers. These measurements must be very exact, many measurements are needed and they must be made in the complex operating environment of real-life

Operations Analysis 107

Page 119: 1845645006Timetable Planning

dwell processes. Finally, all these data must be recorded for each vehicle door separately. Given these stringent requirements, the SBB’s automatic passenger counting system (AFZ) was modified and used for data collection.

3.2 Automatic passenger counting system (AFZ)

The SBB uses automatic passenger counting systems on most of its regional lines to gather passenger counts and to estimate ticket revenues. Approximately 30% of the fleet is equipped with AFZ (vehicles are rotated to cover all lines). In normal operations the AFZ system registers the number of boarding and alighting passengers at each stop. The AFZ consists of chains of direction-sensitive infrared-sensors above each doorway. These sensor chains are connected to a vehicle-wide network controlled by a central unit, which collects and stores the count data for the whole train over the course of the day. When the train arrives at its overnight storage yard these data are transmitted over wireless-LAN to a central database.

Figure 2: Automatic passenger counting system layout (above/left), infrared-sensors over doorway (middle) and server unit (right) (Source [3]).

3.3 Measurement parameters

The AFZ system software had to be modified to record additional parameters (i.e. timestamps for each of the sub-processes) to obtain the data needed for the dwell time estimation model. Table 2 presents the parameters measured by the modified AFZ system used in this research.

Table 2: Dwell time parameters measured by the modified AFZ-system.

Per train For each door of the train Station ID Train arrival (timestamp) Train departure (timestamp)

Number of boarding passengers Number of alighting passengers Begin door opening (timestamp(s)) End door closing (timestamp(s)) First passenger through doorway (timestamp(s)) Last passenger through doorway (timestamp(s))

108 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 120: 1845645006Timetable Planning

3.4 Data collection and validation

The modified AFZ software was installed on 74 vehicles of 4 different types at the beginning of the data collection period. During the 8-month study period approximately 3.04 million dwell processes were measured and recorded. Table 3 summarizes the data collection by vehicle type.

Table 3: Dwell process measurements by vehicle type.

Vehicle type Type series / manufacturer Measured dwell processes DTZ RABe 514 / Siemens 821’488 FLIRT RABe 523 / Stadler Rail 1’078’352 GTW 2/6 RABe 526 / Stadler Rail 655’574 GTW 2/8 RABe 526 / Stadler Rail 489’204

After collecting the data it was validated using a plausibility check in which the binary raw data were checked for error messages. Next, the files with valid raw data were transformed by software scripts and written into a database following a specifically defined data structure for use in the dwell time estimation model. Finally, the valid data were evaluated and analyzed; results of this analysis are presented in the following section.

4 Station dwell sub-process time evaluation

4.1 Door unblocking sub-process (DU)

The door unblocking (DU) sub-process time consists of the time period between the vehicle stopping in the station, as recorded by the train’s central unit, and the beginning of door opening process, signalized by the local door control system and recorded by each door unit. The door opening process is considered to have begun when all the following conditions are met: (1) vehicle speed must be below a predefined value, (2) the train driver must have activated the push-button door opening controls at the vehicle doors and (3) door opening has been requested by the passengers. New rail vehicles are often equipped with extensions that slide out at the doors to minimize the gap between the vehicle entrance and platform. The process of sliding-out the extension is an additional part of the DU sub-process: Due to safety restrictions this process cannot begin before the vehicle has stopped and it must be completed before the door begins to open. Figure 3 presents the cumulative curves of door unblocking times for three different vehicle types under two scenarios (boarding + alighting passengers, and boarding passengers only). The following conclusions can be drawn from this data for the DU sub-process: – Sliding extensions (present on vehicle types DTZ and FLIRT) cause median

DU sub-process time to increase by between 2.9 to 3.5 seconds compared to vehicles with conventional entrances (vehicle type GTW).

Operations Analysis 109

Page 121: 1845645006Timetable Planning

– Vehicles without sliding extensions are allowed to start door opening shortly before the train stops. Therefore these vehicle types can have negative DU sub-process times.

– Dwell processes with both boarding and alighting passengers have shorter median DU sub-process times (0.6 to 1.2 seconds) than dwell processes where passengers are only boarding. This is because alighting passengers may request door opening prior to train arrival in the station, but boarding passengers need time to reach the push-button door controls after train arrival in the station.

Figure 3: Cumulative frequency distribution of DU sub-process times.

4.2 Door opening sub-process (DO)

The door opening (DO) sub-process is the time from the start of door opening until the first passenger passes through the doorway. Figure 4 presents the cumulative curves of door opening times for the three vehicle types and two scenarios. The following conclusions can be drawn about DO sub-process times: – The DO sub-process times are essentially determined by the door width and

control system. The difference in DO sub-process time between the vehicle types evaluated in this study is less than 1 second (the vehicle door widths were between 1.3m and 1.4m).

– Dwell processes with both boarding and alighting passengers have shorter median DO sub-process-times (by up to 0.8 seconds) compared to those with only boarding passengers. The main reasons are that alighting passengers are standing closer to the doorway than boarding passengers after they pushed the door-open buttons and that the infrared sensor are located just inside the vehicle doorway.

110 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 122: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 4: Cumulative frequency distribution of DO sub-process times.

4.3 Boarding/alighting sub-process (BA)

The boarding/alighting (BA) sub-process is the time period of passenger flows at the doorway. In order to obtain comparable values the BA sub-process was evaluated based on mean passenger flow rates (the ratio between the number of passengers and the BA sub-process time) calculated using the measured data.

Figure 5: Passenger flow rates for FLIRT vehicles with vehicle occupancy of less than 90%: measured flow rate (points), calculated mean (straight line) and mean+/-2*standard deviations (dashed lines).

Operations Analysis 111

Page 123: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 5 presents the mean passenger flow rates through the doorway compared to the number of boarding/alighting passengers for the FLIRT vehicles (which have level boarding). In Figure 5, each point represents one boarding/alighting process at a vehicle door. The average flow rate values and the standard deviations shown in Figure 5 were calculated based on these measurements and are displayed as a function of the number of passengers boarding/alighting. The following conclusions can be drawn from the passenger flow evaluation: – The evaluation confirmed results of earlier research (e.g. Weidmann [1])

that passenger flow at vehicle doors can be considered a normally distributed variable.

– The mean passenger flow rate through the doorway increases slightly with the number of boarding/alighting passengers per door.

– The standard deviation of the passenger flow rate decreases as the number of passengers boarding/alighting at each door increases.

– A further data evaluation showed that the passenger flow rate decreases continuously with occupancy once vehicle occupancy reaches 60% of seats occupied. This reduction is caused by the increasing number of conflicts between standing and moving passengers inside the vehicle and on the platform (Nash et al. [4], Lee et al. [5]).

4.4 Door closing sub-process (DC)

The door closing (DC) sub-process begins with the passage of the last passenger through the doorway. After a predefined vehicle-specific time period with no passengers boarding or alighting (“door remains open time”), the door begins closing. The sub-process ends with the door-closed-signal generated by the door control system. Note that this sub-process does not include retracting the sliding extension, at this point in time the sliding extensions are still in their extended positions. Figure 6 presents cumulative curves of door closing sub-process time. The following conclusions can be drawn from the door closing evaluation: – The large difference in DC sub-process times between vehicle types is

mainly the result of the different predefined “door remains open time” for different vehicles. This variation shows that the door closing process should be more carefully analyzed and adjusted to passenger behaviour.

– Dwell processes with boarding and alighting passengers have shorter median DC sub-process times (up 1.2 seconds) compared to those with only alighting persons. This can be explained by the relative positions of the AFZ counting sensor and the door closing control sensor and the walking direction of the last passenger.

4.5 Train dispatching sub-process (TD)

The train dispatching (TD) sub-process considers the whole train and consists of the time period between the moment when the last train door has closed and the train departure. The regional trains observed in this study were operated without

112 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 124: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 6: Cumulative frequency distribution of DC sub-process times.

conductors and therefore used an abbreviated train dispatching process executed by the train driver. The TD sub-process duration is determined by the following factors (1) the process times for: door-blocking, retracting the sliding steps (if necessary) and starting-up the traction motors, (2) the waiting time for the scheduled departure time (if any), and (3) the delay caused by operational conflicts (if any). Since these factors are highly dependant on the specific station, the spreading of TD sub-process times also depends on the station. Therefore, the dwell time calculation model was developed for stations where dispatching time is not significantly influenced by operational considerations. Operational considerations can be added to the model as required for a specific station.

5 Conclusions and further research

This research project has shown that passenger train station dwell time is determined by several different sub-processes taking place at each of the vehicle doors on a train. The project’s data collection system made it possible to accurately measure a very large number of dwell sub-process times and additional parameters at all vehicle doors on a train. These measurement data made it possible to quantify and precisely model the sub-process times with respect to the relevant influence factors. These data were used to develop a user-friendly dwell time calculation tool. It allows timetable planners to more accurately estimate station dwell time and use this information to develop more precise schedules.

Operations Analysis 113

Page 125: 1845645006Timetable Planning

While the research advances understanding of the station dwell time process, it also points up the need for further research, specifically: • Correlation between passenger flow rate and parameters including: (1)

doorway width, (2) level differences between platform/train entrance, (3) vehicle occupancy, and (4) vehicle interior layout.

• The relationship between the distribution of passengers using specific vehicle doors and the following parameters: (1) the distances between vehicle doors, and (2) the location of 1st and 2nd class compartments.

• The relationship between the distribution of boarding passengers on the platform and the station layout (number and location of platform access points).

Acknowledgements

This research project was completed with support from the SBB. The authors appreciate the assistance and cooperation provided by the SBB project team without which it would have been impossible to achieve the project results.

References

[1] Weidmann, U., Grundlagen zur Berechnung der Fahrgastwechselzeit, Institute Report No. 106, Institute for Transport Planning and Systems, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology Zurich, Zurich, 1995

[2] Heinz W., Passenger service times on trains – theory, measurements, and models, Licentiate Thesis, Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm, 2003

[3] Dilax Intelcom, Passenger Counting Systems, Functional principle, http://www.dilax.com/en/index.htm?pages/pages/produkte/gesamt.htm

[4] Nash, A., Weidmann, U., Bollinger, S., Luethi, M. & Buchmueller, S., Increasing Schedule Reliability on Zurich’s S-Bahn Through Computer Analysis and Simulation, Transportation Research Record #1955, Transportation Research Board, Washington D.C., pp. 17–25, 2007

[5] Lee, Y., Daamen, W. & Wiggenraad, P., Boarding and alighting behavior of public transport passengers. In Proceedings of the 86th Annual Meeting. CD-ROM. Transportation Research Board, Washington, D.C., pp. 1–14, 2007

114 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 126: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Evaluation of punctuality on a heavily utilised railway line with mixed traffic

O. Lindfeldt Division of Traffic and Logistics, Department of Transport and Economics, Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm, Sweden

Abstract

The Western Main Line (450 km) between Stockholm and Gothenburg is heavily utilised for mixed rail traffic. High speed trains are mixed with regional, local and freight trains and the congestion clearly affects the overall punctuality. In order to evaluate the possible total effects of reduced primary delays, the high speed operator, SJ AB, took the initiative to perform an extensive simulation study in RailSys, which was carried out by the Royal Institute of Technology. As preparation for this simulation study delay data was compiled for all trains using the line. This paper briefly discusses the ideas of stochastic disturbances in the simulation of rail operation and also the compilation methods for primary delay distributions. The resulting distributions from the Western Main Line were then analysed. It was clearly shown that the primary delays are extensive and have a high degree of variability. The paper ends with a discussion about the validation of the simulation model and possibilities to develop methods for more accurate stochastic modelling. Keywords: simulation, delay distribution, perturbations, mixed traffic.

1 Introduction

The demand for rail passenger traffic and freight transport is steadily increasing in Sweden and the utilisation has now become troublesome in many sections of the railway network. The Western Main line (450 km), connecting Stockholm and Gothenburg, is one of the most heavily utilised lines. On this line the traffic consists of an unfavourable mix of high speed (200 km/h), regional and local

Operations Analysis 115

Page 127: 1845645006Timetable Planning

passenger trains and freight trains. There are many level crossings and numerous junctions with connecting trains resulting in strong dependencies between trains. Primary delays are frequent and due to the congestion these are often propagated to other trains in the proximity. Several sections of the line have such high utilisation that overall punctuality is affected negatively. The high speed trains are particularly sensitive to all kinds of disturbances and this is clearly reflected in the delay statistics. The operator of the high speed trains, SJ AB, has paid special attention to the punctuality problems. In order to evaluate the overall effects of reduced primary delays caused by the operator itself, including vehicle failures, an extensive simulation project has been performed by the Royal Institute of Technology. The simulation, performed in RailSys, included all trains on the Western Main Line. A reference case was defined as the autumn 2006 timetable period with 105 weekdays with the same timetable. Delay data from this period was used to produce delay statistics for the simulation. This extensive preparation work, including initial delays, as well as delays on every line section and dwell time extensions, generated important results in itself. In this paper the simulation method is described briefly as a background to the delay evaluation that is then treated in more detail. A simple method for isolating primary delays from total delays is discussed and statistics for initial delays, dwell time extensions and run time extensions are presented. The paper ends with some conclusions and ideas for future work on heavily utilised railway lines with mixed traffic.

2 Method and modelling

The idea of the project was to evaluate the effect of reduced primary delays, first and foremost for the high speed trains. To do this, the infrastructure of the line was built up in RailSys and the reference timetable, with approximately 900 trains, was applied.

2.1 Model

The delays in rail operation may be subdivided into groups according to the source. In Sweden delays are often divided into:

• Infrastructure related delays • Operator related delays • Vehicle related delays • Other, not specified delays • Secondary delays

These groups are used in the report system (TFÖR), where the causes of delays longer than four minutes are reported manually by the dispatchers. These reports were used to subdivide the delays (see the next section). In this project the first three groups were of special interest. Infrastructure failures cause primary delays to all types of trains, whereas operator and vehicle related delays primarily affect the trains of the operator concerned.

116 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 128: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 1: Western main line.

All primary delays were modelled as independent perturbations in the simulation. However, this is a simplification compared to real situations and careful validation is therefore required, during which steering parameters such as dispatching rules etc are adjusted. In the simulation all kinds of deviations from the timetable were handled through disturbances generated by delay distributions. This means, for example, that all infrastructure sections (points, signals etc) were assumed to be available all the time. The effect of infrastructure failures was instead caught by run time extensions given by applied distributions. This type of indirect modelling naturally assumes that the applied distributions contain only primary delays.

2.2 Isolation of primary delays

In the train operation database (TFÖR) all trains are registered at each station. The registered time is compared to the scheduled time and the deviation is stored in the database, making it possible to compile delay distributions and other statistics from historical data. This was done for all trains during the timetable period (autumn 2006). The passenger trains were treated in groups according to patterns given by basic interval timetables, whereas the freight trains were analysed individually in the first step and then grouped according to mean and variance. In order to distinguish between different types of delay causes, the reports of causes were used to separate different delay types. This work resulted in primary delay distributions for each group of trains. The method was also used to exclude selected parts of delays caused by infrastructure, operator and vehicle respectively. This was a preparation for the simulations that evaluated the effect of specific reductions of primary delays.

Stockholm

Göteborg

Katrineholm

Flen

Herrljunga

JärnaHallsbergLaxå

Falköping

Skövde

Alingsås

Stockholm

Göteborg

Katrineholm

Flen

Herrljunga

JärnaHallsbergLaxå

Falköping

Skövde

Alingsås

Gothenburg

Operations Analysis 117

Page 129: 1845645006Timetable Planning

This type of reduction of delay data faced two major problems: • Accuracy of the manual delay reports • Lack of reports for delays shorter than five minutes.

No other sources of information about the delay causes were available and the reports were therefore accepted without further investigation. The lack of information about delays shorter than five minutes was handled in a special way. The secondary delays between three and five minutes were assumed to have the same proportion to the total delays as in the 5-9 minutes’ delay interval. All delays of 1-2 minutes were assumed to be primary. This way of estimating delays is probably a rough assumption that should be examined carefully before it is more widely used, but was assumed to be an acceptable first approximation.

3 Disturbances

The stochastic part of the rail operation was modelled in RailSys by three different types of disturbances:

• Initial delays • Run time extensions • Dwell time extensions

The first two were derived from historical delay statistics as described above, whereas dwell time extensions were estimated by measurements on platforms.

3.1 Initial delays

Initial delays were compiled for all trains at their first station on the studied line. Trains belonging to the same basic interval timetable-concept were treated as a group. Fig. 2, 3 and 4 show the result when each distribution is represented by its mean and standard deviation values.

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600

Mean [s]

Stan

dard

dev

iatio

n [s

]

High speed trains

Regional east

Regional west

Local east

Local west

Figure 2: Characteristics of passenger trains’ initial delays.

118 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 130: 1845645006Timetable Planning

0

200

400

600

800

1000

0 100 200 300 400 500 600

Mean [s]

Stan

dard

dev

iatio

n [s

] 446

420, 424, 438

400 422

444

Figure 3: Characteristics of individual high speed trains. Each point represents one train. Some trains are labelled with their train number.

0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

Mean [s]

Sta

ndar

d de

viat

ion

[s]

Figure 4: Characteristics of freight trains’ initial delays.

Fig. 2 shows that the high speed trains have the worst punctuality of the passenger trains. Both mean delay and standard deviation are high for the most important high speed train groups. A few high speed train patterns have better distributions, located closer to the origin. Unfortunately, most of these groups consist of single peak hour trains travelling to or originating from smaller cities near to the Western Main Line. Regional trains running on the eastern part of the line show high delays. This is partly explained by systematic vehicle problems during the timetable period,

Operations Analysis 119

Page 131: 1845645006Timetable Planning

but also by congestion effects in the Stockholm area. Regional trains running on the western part of the line and local trains show less delay. In order to show that the trains within one and the same group behave differently the distribution for each individual train (105 observations) was compiled. Fig. 3 shows an example of this: up-going high speed trains from Gothenburg to Stockholm. Typically, trains running early (numbers 400 and 422-424) have less delay than trains running late (numbers 444 and 446). Possible explanations for this are accumulation of delays due to low time supplements and short turnaround times compared to the overall delay level combined with a higher capacity utilisation in the afternoon. In the simulation the whole group was represented by a distribution indicated by the larger diamond in the middle. The freight trains were evaluated individually, see fig. 4, and then grouped into six groups according to mean and standard deviation. In this compilation trains that arrived early were treated as on-time trains. As can be seen from the figure, some trains have clear punctuality problems. Only the first group, consisting of mail trains etc, show the same levels as the passenger trains.

3.2 Run times

All kinds of primary delays occurring between ordinary passenger stops (origin and destination station for freight trains) were modelled as run time extensions. To apply this idea, the line was divided into 13 sections, each approximately 35 km long. For each section, direction and train type, a distribution for the extension was compiled from delay data.

0

200

400

600

800

1000

1200

-50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300

Mean [s]

Sta

ndar

d de

viat

ion

[s]

High speed trains

Other passenger trains

Freight trains

Figure 5: Characteristics of run time extensions: 3 train types, 2 directions and 13 sections.

This was done through comparison of the arrival delay at the end station of each section and the departure delay at the first station. Delay cause reports were used to exclude secondary delays in the same way as described previously.

120 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 132: 1845645006Timetable Planning

In some cases the mean extension was found to be negative, which means that the trains on these sections, on average, run faster than their timetabled run time.

3.3 Dwell times

Different types of primary delays also occur in connection with ordinary passenger stops. To examine and model these effects SJ AB performed manual measurements of passenger stops for high speed trains. This empirical data was then fitted to lognormal distributions with quite good agreement. The dwell time may be subdivided into two parts: exchange time, i.e. the time that is needed for door opening, alignment and boarding, and technical time for door closing. Fig. 6 shows the resulting distributions for the exchange time. To this exchange time a shortest technical time must then be added, which is vehicle dependent and was measured to be 30 seconds for the high speed vehicle X2. The bold vertical line represents the remaining timetabled exchange time when the technical time is subtracted from the timetabled dwell time of two minutes. It is clearly seen that the stops at Skövde (Sk), having the highest mean and standard deviation values, often exceed the timetabled dwell time (30-35% of the cases), whereas the timetabled time is much better adjusted in Södertälje (Söö). At stations like Skövde, with a high variance in exchange time, it becomes quite difficult to choose a feasible timetable dwell time that works.

0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 360 390 420 450 480 510 540 570 6000

0.05

0.1

0.15

0.2

0.25

0.3

0.35

0.4

0.45

0.5

0.55

0.6

0.65

0.7

0.75

0.8

0.85

0.9

0.95

1

Exchange time [s]

Cu

mu

lativ

e s

har

e

Söö downSöö upK downK upSk downSk up

Figure 6: Distributions for passenger exchange time at three different stations.

4 Results and validation

Altogether, the compilation work resulted in 40 different empirical delay distributions that were used to validate the reference case. In the iterative

Operations Analysis 121

Page 133: 1845645006Timetable Planning

validation process, simulated results were compared to real delay statistics for several stations along the line. The validation focused on the high speed trains. Adjustments were made regarding:

• Dispatching priorities between different train types • Trains’ possibilities to make up delays by using timetabled supplements • The highest values of run time extensions.

In Sweden a kind of “On-time-rule” is used when conflicts occur between different trains. This dispatching rule implies that a train that follows its timetable is to be prioritised over a delayed (conflicting) one. The high speed trains therefore also risk additional (secondary) delays once they are delayed. A general experience from simulations in RailSys is that trains often make up delays using timetable supplements. The idea of run time extensions is to balance this effect. Despite a large number of run time extensions the possibilities to make up delays had to be limited on some line sections to obtain an acceptable agreement. The highest values of run time extensions (> 30 minutes) turned out to be unrealistically high, causing more secondary delays in the simulation than in reality. Values over 30 minutes were therefore excluded from the run time extension distributions.

95% 94%90%

84% 83% 84%80%

83%80% 81% 78%

73% 72% 71%

95% 95% 93% 92%89%

85% 84% 83% 83% 81%77%

73% 71%

89%

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

90%

100%

Gdep

Seldep

Adep

Hrdep

F dep

Skdep

Lådep

Hpbgdep

Kdep

Fledep

Gndep

Söödep

Flbdep

Cstarr

Real

Simulated

Figure 7: Example of validation results. Departure punctuality (≤ 5 min) for real and simulated up-going trains from Gothenburg (G) to Stockholm (Cst).

Fig. 7 shows an example of validation results. Despite calibration efforts the simulated result is significantly better than the real one. A sample of trains from other train groups was also tested in order to check that also these were also modelled properly.

122 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 134: 1845645006Timetable Planning

5 Conclusions and further work

This work showed that it is possible to model most of the stochastic behaviour of rail operation using three types of disturbances: initial delays, run time extensions and dwell time extensions. This method means a gathered approach where all kinds of stochastic behaviour are represented by a few distributions. In order to examine the contribution of specific sources of disturbances it is therefore necessary to find out how different sources contribute to these collected distributions. This is a natural step for further evaluation. Such a separation was also performed within this project and the validated model was then used to examine effects of reduced primary delays. The main results from this examination was that the high speed trains constitute such a limited share of the total number of trains, that reduced primary delays for just these trains does not affect overall delays very much. The work also resulted in a deeper understanding of the delay situation on one of the most important lines in Sweden as regards both train groups and individual trains. A simplified validation method using only one point of the delay cumulative distribution function (5 minute delay level) was applied in this project. A natural way to make the validation more accurate is to compare several points of the distributions and/or to compare means and standard deviations. The validation should also involve more than one train type. A check of the slower freight trains would reveal how the model treats trains with different features in dispatching situations.

Acknowledgements

This paper is an attempt to present some ideas for the important preparatory work with disturbance data which precedes all rail operation simulations. The simulation commissioned by SJ AB provided a good opportunity to learn more about delay statistics and compilation of disturbance data.

Reference

[1] Nelldal, B-L.et.al., Förbättrad punktlighet på X2000 – analys med hjälp av simulering, KTH 2007

Operations Analysis 123

Page 135: 1845645006Timetable Planning

This page intentionally left blank

Page 136: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Automated analysis of train event recorder data to improve micro-simulation models

S. de Fabris, G. Longo & G. Medeossi Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, University of Trieste, Italy

Abstract

In recent years, on board digital train event recorders have been developed: these devices allow the collection of very detailed data about train movements and signal status. The new Italian ATC SCMT on board subsystem is combined with the DIS (Driver Information System), which collects both kinetic behaviour and all signal and balises messages. Unfortunately, this large amount of data is normally stored, but not used except for failure and maintenance management. At the same time the use of micro simulation tools has been extended to large scale problems. As is known, a problem exists in the calibration and validation of these models. In this paper a new tool is presented. This tool allows the analysis of real-life collected data, to perform very detailed analysis of train movements, pointing out speed depending on position and signal aspects, acceleration, braking curves and dwell time graphically and by means of parameters. Train behaviour can also be connected to punctuality, to find out differences between on time and late running. This tool may be very useful for large scale model validation, definition of the stochastic behaviour of the system (travel time, dwell time, initial delay), calibration of braking and acceleration curves for various train types and acceleration percentage depending on different conditions. In other words, it allows a link to be set up between real data and micro simulation models. The tool has been tested in the north-eastern part of Italy. In this case study a significant precision increase in the stochastic simulation results has been reached. Keywords: railway simulation, railway planning, train event recorder.

Operations Analysis 125

Page 137: 1845645006Timetable Planning

1 Introduction

An efficient train operation is a primary success factor for all infrastructure managers since it allows operating a higher number of trains without significant infrastructure investments. In the last few years, railway simulators have become a very powerful instrument to support the different steps of the planning process: from the layout design to capacity investigations, and offer model validations. More recently, the possibility of an automatic import of infrastructure layouts and timetables has widened the application spectrum of micro-simulators to large nodes and to more detailed stochastic stability evaluations. Stochastic micro-simulators perform very detailed robustness analysis, considering all processes involved in rail traffic and comprehending not only its deterministic aspects, but also human factors and other stochastic phenomena. This is particularly relevant in order to simulate traffic under realistic conditions, considering variability at border (initial delay), various driving styles and stop times. All these parameters have to be calibrated using real-world collected data for single trains or train families, considering their different behaviour in the network and at its border. Infrastructure operators have developed various tools to analyze these operational data, considering all track circuits or only timetabling points. In both cases trains are checked at discrete points, not allowing a continuous reconstruction of train movements. In this way, on-board collected data represent an ideal input to investigate the behaviour of trains, from acceleration to braking and precise stop times. Stochastic micro simulation is being widely introduced in Italy by RFI, the infrastructure manager of most lines, to evaluate timetable robustness in future scenarios and during infrastructure improvement works in the busiest nodes, like Rome, Florence, Milan, Venice, Naples and Bologna. To improve the precision of input parameters a new tool has been developed that combines both timetabling point data and the on-board collected data, coming from the new-generation train event recorder recently installed on all trains running on RFI network.

2 The driver information system (DIS)

To improve rail traffic security by a continuous collection of train behaviour data, in 1998 the Italian Ministry of Transportation decided to fund the development of a new generation train event recorder to be installed on all locomotives, trains and driving coaches. Prior requirement of the system was a very high precision in all records, comprehending not only speed and odometer, but also messages from the balises, GPS location and a large amount of data coming from the vehicle-bus. After an exhausting test and validation phase, the DIS has been installed since 2004, and is now fully operating on most lines. The system is formed by an on-board subsystem that collects data and sends them automatically to the depot subsystem when it passes by one of them, data are stored in a file system archive, accessible from authorised operators all over

126 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 138: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 1: Scheme of the Driver Information System.

Italy. The on board subsystem is formed by a speedometer, an event recorder, a communication computer and an IEEE 802.11 transmission protocol radio and a simplified user interface. Using data collected from two odometers, the speedometer calculates the speed and the covered distance, taking into account the real wheel diameter. These data are continuously sent to the event recorder. Before starting a new service, drivers must insert their smartcards into the MMI and type train number, speed type, train length and braking weight percentage. These are used for both data collection and braking curve calculation in the ATC subsystem. Data coming from the speedometer, the GPS, the user Interface and the vehicle MVB Bus, coupled with GMT timing are stored in a solid-state-drive every 100 ms. When a train reaches a given GPS position nearby a depot, the communication computer starts a data link with the server and uploads the past files.

3 The “TRENO” tool

The large amount of data stored is actually only used by Trenitalia as a failure archive and for maintenance, or in the event of accidents. With TRENO (Timetable Reliability and Network Operations analyser), these archives may be used as very precise support to understand rail traffic. The tool is based on a POSTGRES SQL DBMS; it integrates track occupation data coming from the Infrastructure Manager RFI, the planned timetable of different scenarios and the DIS recordings. This integration allows a macroscopic analysis of train traffic and a microscopic focus on selected trains or stations; the planned timetable of the whole network is used to select different days and lines and as a basis for the export to Opentrack micro-simulator.

Operations Analysis 127

Page 139: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 2: Data flows to and from TRENO.

RailML stochastic simulation files can also be imported in the tool as new scenarios that can be stored and be analysed with the Macro-Analyser, in order to evaluate the robustness of different timetables, or the advantages of infrastructural improvements. Figure 2 shows TRENO’s structure. The “Planned” module allows one to import or create planned timetable scenarios. RFI data containing whole Italian network timetable can be coupled with user-defined scenarios. A simple Infrastructure model is also contained to support corridor analysis and to allow running time calculations. Timetables can be exported as RailML file for any line section and day/time. In the “Macro” module, conventional departure, travel time and stop time distributions can be plotted and analysed. Moreover their parameters may be calculated. Graphical timetable with various display options is another possible output. Simpler parameters like mean values, piecewise linear distributions or percentage areas are also shown to be used in micro simulation. Mean registered stop-time supplement to the planned one is automatically added to the RailML planned timetable file for each stop of the single train to be imported in the micro-simulator. Maximum supplement for the train family is estimated, since in the used micro-simulator stop time variability has at the moment no other inputs option than the stochastic combination of these parameters. The module is completed by a critical element search function that allows one to select trains, stations and line parts on the basis of given delay parameters. The “micro” module is widely presented in the next paragraph.

4 Microscopic analysis

The real life registered files can be used for a very wide range of detailed analysis of train movement, also considering signal status and system failures.

128 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 140: 1845645006Timetable Planning

The very high precision of stored data and the large amount of additional information require a filtering process to point out failures and traffic perturbations that have influenced a train movement. Moreover, the 100ms interval between measurements has to be reduced to 1 second in order to obtain faster processing and easier data aggregation. This filtering process is performed automatically when files are imported in the database; failures are also stored in different tables as well as balises messages reporting signal status; speed limits and ATC-calculated braking curves are also archived to enable analysis in the event of maintenance speed reductions. ATC balises messages enable considering primary and secondary delays separately, since restrictive signal status are pointed out. At the moment, these have not been used to perform delay propagation analysis, since the study has focused on the behaviour of single trains or train families and not on traffic as a whole. In other words, excluding trains with failures or with non-free trajectories in the focus area is a basic principle to extract train trajectories as allowed by infrastructure and timetable and as required to calibrate motion equation parameters. The module can analyze stop times at each station, acceleration, full speed and braking phases separately. For each focus various two and three dimensional diagrams are provided, including statistic parameters representation or fitted density curves.

4.1 Stop times

The use of event recorder data allows a precise definition of stop time from the speed profile; door opening and closing is also stored to estimate the train preparation time. A separation between punctual and delayed trains is also possible, to point out both minimum dwell time and departure imprecision, often significant in Italy. All distributions can be viewed in diagrams with optional aggregation intervals. Statistic parameters are calculated, and negative exponential, Weibull, log-normal and gamma density fits are performed.

4.2 Acceleration and full speed behaviour

Acceleration is investigated by choosing a station, a trainset and a time/date interval and then by loading relative data on a diagram. Time speed, distance, time and acceleration can be selected on x- and y- axis; each single day train running is shown. To represent distributions better, these are shown in three-dimensional diagrams. Since an automatic fitting has not been provided yet, the software is endowed with a running time calculator that integrates motion equation calculating the best acceleration curve based on the maximum tractive effort F for the train. This is reduced to its measured values by two coefficients, obtaining a new Fr:

F t =F× f 1× f 2 (1)

Operations Analysis 129

Page 141: 1845645006Timetable Planning

The curve based on F can be graphically fitted as upper bound of real ones, obtaining the best performance rate f1. Once this first value has been fixed, its variability as piecewise linear probability function is calculated, obtaining a second performance factor f2 , on the basis of running time distribution to cover a distance D. D and f2 intervals are defined by the user, the corresponding time values ti are calculated automatically. The resulting parameters and their distribution are stored in a table and compared for all stations. Acceleration analyser window is shown in Figure 3.

Figure 3: Acceleration analysis.

Full speed behaviour is also investigated in a similar module. In this case, two stations or kilometre points must be chosen; this allows representing longer line sections. Realistic trajectories are obtained with f1f and f2f parameters to scale the maximum speed. Coefficients are calculated as in the acceleration module; and saved in the same table with acceleration factors to support the choice of parameters to be used in micro-simulation.

4.3 Braking behaviour

In both running time and ATC braking curve calculation algorithms, only the BWP is used as input. In TRENO, braking behaviour of a train type can be aggregated and fitted to a linear function depending on BWP. To reproduce the real train behaviour better, a braking rate table can be defined. Braking actions can be analysed in a window similar to the ones used for acceleration and full speed; f1b and f2b parameters similar to f1 and f2 are calculated as braking performance parameters. Otherwise, using f1 and f2, BWP

130 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 142: 1845645006Timetable Planning

or the braking rates are calculated. In this case, f1 and f2 can be used as performance factor for the complete motion modifying train braking formula.

5 A case study: Trieste – Venice

TRENO has been used to analyze the traffic in north-eastern Italy, on the Trieste – Venice line. The double track, electrified line is about 130 km long and plays an important role in regional transport and as a freight corridor between eastern Europe and Italy. Figure 4 shows a simple layout of the line; the analyzed network was extended to approximately 30 km on each branch line, obtaining totally 280 km line. After performing the macroscopic analysis, the study has focused on evaluating behaviour of trains in non-disturbed conditions, to estimate a standard performance percentage and a piecewise linear braking function for every train type. Performance variability has also been defined as piecewise linear by fitting it to real distributions, as well as initial delay for every train family. Since DIS data were not available before starting the study, on-board registered GPS speed-time data have been used, for testing purposes. Stop time, represented by a mean time and a variability range, as defined in RailML standard, has been automatically exported for every train and station.

Venezia Portogruaro Cervignano Trieste

Udine Treviso Casarsa Udine Slovenia

Figure 4: Simple topology of the Venice – Trieste line layout.

Table 1: Comparison between stochastic simulations. Calibration parameters source: Scen. 1-4 timetabling points, Scen. 5 Collected data.

Stochastic Parameters

DIS

calibrated Braking

Results

Scenario

Initial Delay

Running Time

Stop Time

1’ [%]

3’ [%]

Mean [s]

1 Yes (neg. exp)

No No No 14.1 11.3 68

2 Yes (neg. exp)

Yes No No 12.8 9.5 59

3 Yes (neg. exp)

Yes Yes No 9.8 7.2 51

4 Yes (pie.lin.)

Yes Yes No 7.2 5.3 40

5 Yes (pie.lin.)

Yes Yes Yes 5.3 2.9 22

Operations Analysis 131

Page 143: 1845645006Timetable Planning

The results of 100 stochastic simulations have been analyzed with the Macro tool and compared real data referred to 100 days. Different simulation scenarios have been considered with growing calibration precision to point out the importance of various distributions and of micro and macroscopic analysis. In the first scenario only departure delay as negative exponential function per train family have been considered, then, in the second scenario, performance variability as empirically evaluated by timetable planners has been added. In a third phase stop time variability has come and in a fourth one departure delays have been modelled using a piecewise-linear function. Scenario results have been compared using three simple punctuality parameters, similar to quality indicators commonly used in performance measurements. For each train, the difference between the percentage arriving at each station within 1, within 3 minutes and the mean delay in real and simulated data has been calculated; the mean differences on all trains and for each indicator are shown in table 1. A significant precision increase has been obtained in each scenario, showing that: - Negative exponential initial delay can be used only as first step; - Departure variability at all stations is the most important parameter for stopping trains; since it’s often very different for various services and train types the automatic import function is very useful; - Running time variability is important for long distance and freight trains; On-board collected data effectively allow a better estimation of stop type and train performance parameters; even better results could be obtained by a re-calibration of some more specific resistance factors. In fact trains accelerate with lower performances than expected and then they run very close to the speed limit, forcing to choose mean parameters that do not represent both situations at best. Moreover, some trains accelerate faster than estimated with the running time calculator, but brake with no more than 50% of their theoretic maximum. (Fig. 5, 6)

Figure 5: Recorded speed v(s) profile at departure compared to calculated curves with different performance factors (smooth curves).

132 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 144: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 6: Recorded speed profile v(t) at arrival compared to calculated curves with different performance factors (straight lines).

6 Conclusions and further research

TRENO has been developed to perform both macro and microscopic analysis of train traffic, as system investigation support and as semi-automatic calibration tool for many simulation parameters. On-board recorded data are the key element to increase precision of traffic studies, pointing out the behaviour of drivers and trains under real conditions. The case study has shown a significant improvement in the stochastic micro simulation output, demonstrating the importance of a precise parameter calibration especially regarding train braking and acceleration. A further improvement will come from the calibration of the motion equation parameters to fit the DIS data. The tool is being continuously upgraded, to make it easier to use and to improve statistic analysis on DIS data and to analyse complete train trips. New functions will also be inserted to enlarge the amount of used data. This regards both driving parameters coming from the vehicle bus (e.g. throttle, brake use) and signal status, to study driver behaviour in presence of restrictive signals and to calculate block occupancy.

References

[1] Albrecht, T., R.M.P. Goverde, V.A. Weeda & J. van Luipen, “Reconstruction of train trajectories from track occupation data to determine the effects of a Driver Information System”. In: Allan, J., Hill, R.J., Brebbia, C.A., Sciutto, G., Sone, S. (eds.), WIT Press, Southampton, pp. 207-216, 2006.

Operations Analysis 133

Page 145: 1845645006Timetable Planning

[2] Allotta B., Toni P., Malvezzi M., Presciani P., Cocci G., Colla V., “Distance and speed evaluation from odometric measurements,” Proc. of World Congress on Railway Research, Koeln 2001

[3] Goverde, R.M.P., Hansen, I.A.,“TNV-Prepare: Analysis of Dutch Railway Operations Based on Train Detection Data”, In: Allan, J., Hill, R.J., Brebbia, C.A., Sciutto, G., Sone, S. (eds.), Computers in Railways VII, WIT Press, Southampton, 779-788, 2000

[4] Huerlimann, D., Nash, A., “Railway simulation using Opentrack”, In: Allan, J., Hill, R.J., Brebbia, C.A., Sciutto, G., Sone, S. (eds.), Computers in Railways IX, WIT Press, Southampton, 45-54, 2004

[5] Huerlimann, D., “Object-oriented modelling in railways”; ETH Dissertation Nr. 14281; (in German), 2001

[6] Nash, A., Ullius M., “Optimizing railway timetables with OpenTimeTable”, In: Allan, J., Hill, R.J., Brebbia, C.A., Sciutto, G., Sone, S. (eds.), Computers in Railways IX, WIT Press, Southampton, 637-646, 2004

[7] Yuan J., Goverde R. M. P., Hansen I. A., “Evaluating stochastic train process time distribution models on the basis of empirical detection data”, In: Allan, J., Hill, R.J., Brebbia, C.A., Sciutto, G., Sone, S. (eds.), Computers in Railways X, WIT Press, Southampton, 631-640, 2006

[8] Malara V., “Security systems to support train drivers ” published by Collegio degli Ingegneri Ferroviari Italiani, Roma, 2005 (in Italian)

[9] de Fabris S., Longo G., Medeossi G., “Stochastic analysis of train traffic to improve timetable planning”, ICTS 08 Conference Records, Portoroz, Slovenia, 2008

134 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 146: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Part C Rescheduling

Page 147: 1845645006Timetable Planning

This page intentionally left blank

Page 148: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Optimal train control at a junction in the main line rail network using a new object-oriented signalling system model

R. Takagi1, P. F. Weston2, C. J. Goodman2, C. Bouch3, J. Armstrong4, J. Preston4 & S. Sone1 1Department of Electrical Systems Engineering, Kogakuin University, Japan 2Rail Research UK, School of Engineering University of Birmingham, UK 3Rail Research UK, School of Engineering (Civil Engineering), University of Birmingham, UK 4Rail Research UK, Transportation Research Group, School of Civil Engineering and the Environment, University of Southampton, UK

Abstract

On a main line railway network with many junctions, the delay of a train is likely to cause delays to many other trains, especially because of conflicts at junctions. Optimising one junction, however, may have an adverse effect on other parts of the rail network because of the mixed-traffic situation of most main line railways. To approach the complicated problem of optimal re-scheduling in response to the delay of a train, an efficient algorithm must be sought. The authors have taken a junction as an example, and have performed numerical optimisation on a case when the services through this junction are disrupted. The objective criterion is the weighted sum of train times. The optimisation program uses the Object-Oriented Multi-Train Simulator (OOMTS) developed by Birmingham University, as an embedded simulator. In the optimisation routine, a Genetic Algorithm (GA) was used to optimise the order of route setting. In this paper, the authors give details of a model junction, and a brief explanation of the OOMTS. The authors then explain how a GA can be applied to solve this problem, especially the chromosomal expression of the problem. The results of numerical optimisations for different weighting parameters are shown based on which the authors discuss the feasibility of the proposed method. Keywords: object-oriented, multi-train simulator, railway signalling, junction, train pathing, optimisation, Genetic Algorithm.

Rescheduling 137

Page 149: 1845645006Timetable Planning

1 Introduction

On a main line railway network with many junctions, the delay of a train is likely to cause delays to many other trains, especially because of conflicts at junctions. Junctions without flyovers, as are commonly seen in the British rail network, tend to make matters worse. Also, most main line railway lines run mixed traffic with a combination of fast and slow trains, making the junction management even harder. Therefore, controlling a junction in response to a disruption by minimising the accumulated delay over a sequence of trains at that point may still have serious adverse effects elsewhere in the rail network. Thus, the problem of optimal re-scheduling in response to a delay of a train is computationally a difficult task, and an efficient algorithm must be sought to approach this problem.

In an attempt to address this problem, the authors have taken a junction as an example, and have performed numerical optimisation on a case when the services through this junction are disrupted. The junction that has been used for the study is Abbotswood Junction on the Birmingham to Bristol Line in the National Rail network of the UK. The optimisation program uses the Object-Oriented Multi-Train Simulator (OOMTS) developed by Birmingham University [1], as an embedded simulator. In the optimisation routine, a Genetic Algorithm (GA) is used to optimise the order of route setting.

2 OOMTS: an outline

The first version of the Object-Oriented Multi-Train Simulator (OOMTS) at the University of Birmingham was written by Siu [2] in the early 1990s. The logic of the program is based on a previous Fortran version [3], under constant development since 1973 and used by many rail operators and manufacturers around the world.

The model implemented in OOMTS comprises of five “subsystem managers” [4], each containing data (or the instances of objects necessary for running the simulation) for a railway “subsystem”. The Simulation Manager is at the top of the structure, managing all these subsystem managers and the actual running of the simulation itself.

The following are brief explanations of the five subsystem managers: 1. Network Manager: This subsystem manager holds instances of objects

containing data for the topography and track profile (gradient, curve radius and line speed) of the rail network to be simulated.

2. Signal Manager: This subsystem manager holds instances of objects containing data for the signalling system.

3. Rolling Stock Manager: This subsystem manager holds data for the types of rolling stock to be used in the simulation.

4. Power Network Manager: This subsystem manager holds instances of objects for the electric power supply system.

5. Train Service Regulator: This subsystem manager holds instances of objects containing data for various aspects of train services, including timetable information.

138 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 150: 1845645006Timetable Planning

OOMTS was originally designed and tested for metro lines and suburban lines, for example the Island Line of Hong Kong's MTR Corporation, and has successfully been used by researchers at the University of Birmingham, latterly within Rail Research UK, the universities’ centre for railway systems research [5].

3 The model used in the optimisation

Abbotswood Junction, on the Birmingham to Bristol Line in the UK, is used as the model on which the optimisation was performed.

AbbotswoodJunction

To Birmingham

To Bristol

To Worc

ester

Route G26B

Route G26A

RouteG59A

Route G59B

Route G126

Route G128DOWN MAIN

UP MAIN

DOWN GOODS LOOP

UP WORCESTER

DN WORCESTER AbbotswoodJunction

To Birmingham

To Bristol

To Worc

ester

Route G26B

Route G26A

RouteG59A

Route G59B

Route G126

Route G128DOWN MAIN

UP MAIN

DOWN GOODS LOOP

UP WORCESTER

DN WORCESTER

Figure 1: Abbotswood Junction with six possible routes.

Figure 1: shows the schematic of the junction. The Birmingham to Bristol Line is double track, and a single track branch line from Worcester joins here. Another feature of this junction is the Down Goods Loop, which allows passenger trains from Birmingham to Bristol Line to overtake a freight train. There are six possible routes for trains, and no reversing of trains is allowed.

The junction is modelled using the actual detailed data of the signalling system that is currently in use. This detailed data also covers the nearby part of the network, namely:

1) about five kilometres from Abbotswood Junction towards Birmingham, 2) about five kilometres from Abbotswood Junction towards Bristol, and 3) about 500 metres from Abbotswood Junction towards Worcester.

For the optimisation study, ten kilometres of double-track have been added to both the Birmingham and the Bristol end of the Birmingham to Bristol Line track data, and one kilometre of double-track has been added to the Worcester end of the branch line data. Virtual stations are defined at the far ends of each of these tracks, and trains are assumed to travel between these stations.

Rescheduling 139

Page 151: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 2: shows the assumed schedule of trains run through Abbotswood Junction. The trains involved are: one freight train on the Down Main track from Birmingham to Bristol; three passenger trains each for both Down and Up Main lines between Birmingham and Bristol; and three passenger trains each for both Down and Up Worcester tracks between Worcester and Bristol.

Abbotswood Junc.

(for Birmingham)Abbotswood Junc.

(for Worcester)

(for Bristol)

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80time [minutes]

freighttrain

Abbotswood Junc.

(for Birmingham)Abbotswood Junc.

(for Worcester)

(for Bristol)

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80time [minutes]

freighttrain

Figure 2: Assumed schedule of trains including one freight and twelve passenger trains.

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80time [minutes]

Abbotswood Junc.

(for Birmingham)Abbotswood Junc.

(for Worcester)

(for Bristol)

delayed freight train

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80time [minutes]

Abbotswood Junc.

(for Birmingham)Abbotswood Junc.

(for Worcester)

(for Bristol)

delayed freight train

Figure 3: Result of applying “first-come, first-served” junction control with a 30-minute delayed freight train.

140 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 152: 1845645006Timetable Planning

4 Assumed incident and the response by the non-optimal controller

The authors have assumed that the departure of the freight train is delayed for 30 minutes, causing the following Birmingham to Bristol passenger services to suffer reactionary delays.

Figure 3: shows the result of applying “first-come, first-served” type control, which is by no means optimal in this situation. Because the freight train is not scheduled to use the Down Goods Loop at Abbotswood Junction, the slow freight train causes more delay to the subsequent passenger trains at their destinations. There is also room for improvement by re-ordering passenger trains.

It is obvious that, provided the passenger trains have at least as high a priority as the freight train, the optimal solution must include the use of the Down Goods Loop by the freight train, which will enable one or more passenger trains to overtake the freight train. Then the decision must be made as to which of the following passenger trains should overtake the freight train.

5 Application of Genetic Algorithm

The authors have applied a Genetic Algorithm (GA) [6, 7] to identify the optimal control strategy for this situation.

To apply a GA to any optimal control problem, one has to express the control inputs as a “chromosome”, for which an evaluation can be given. For the most basic variation of GA, known as Simple GA (SGA), a chromosome must be a fixed-length binary sequence. Also, one has to define genetic operators; in the case of SGA they are mutations, crossovers and selections.

In the problem of train control at junctions, the control inputs are the setting of routes. The fitness of a particular routing sequence will be based on the time intervals between the scheduled departure times and the simulated arrival times, with weighting according to train priority. Here, it is assumed that the departure times and the performance of trains are given, which means that a set of control inputs can be defined as the order in which routes are set. One possible chromosomal expression, therefore, is the queue of routes; one example in the case of Figure 1: is (G26A, G26B, G128, G126, G59B …).

However, using the queue of routes as the chromosomal expression has disadvantages. In the case of Figure 1:, if the head of the queue is G26A and the first train to arrive on the Down Main track from Birmingham is a passenger train (not allowed to go into the goods loop), then the system comes to a deadlock situation. Also, if there is already a train in the goods loop and the head of the queue is G26A, then the system comes to a deadlock situation because two or more trains are not allowed to be in the goods loop at the same time.

To avoid these disadvantages, the authors propose the use of a state-space trajectory as the chromosomal expression. In terms of control of railway junctions, the state of the rail network can be expressed as the queue of trains on any of the tracks that connect junctions. In the model used in this paper, the order

Rescheduling 141

Page 153: 1845645006Timetable Planning

in which trains arrive at Abbotswood Junction is fixed, and the state expression can be simplified to a combination of four integers, as shown in Figure 4:. Using this state expression, a chromosome can be defined as a sequence of system states, starting from the initial state, (A, B, C, D) = (4, 3, 6, 0), and ending at the final state, (A, B, C, D) = (0, 0, 0, 0). A change from one state to another indicates that a route is set. For example, in Figure 1:, the change of state from (4, 3, 6, 0) to (3, 3, 6, 1) means that the route G26A is set. Taking constraints into consideration is easier; for example, the constraint that two or more trains cannot be in the Down Goods Loop at any one time can be easily expressed as 1≤D .

Abbotswood Junction

(for Birmingham)

(forBristol)

(for Worcester)

A

B C

D

A ~ C: number of trains to comeD: number of trains in goods loop(A, B, C, D): the state

Abbotswood Junction

(for Birmingham)

(forBristol)

(for Worcester)

A

B C

D

A ~ C: number of trains to comeD: number of trains in goods loop(A, B, C, D): the state

Figure 4: The state of the network.

A mutation operation can be defined as a partial change in the trajectory. Upon mutation the constraints can be taken into account so that the chromosome after the mutation is still a “feasible” solution. The probability of the occurrence of a mutation is to be higher when the mutation transforms an original chromosome to another one that has a smaller Levenshtein distance [8] to the original.

A crossover operation between two chromosomes is possible only when there are one or more common states (other than the initial and the final states) in the chromosomes. If there are two chromosomes P (sequence SP, 1, SP, 2, …, SP, N) and Q (sequence SQ, 1, SQ, 2, …, SQ, M), and if SP, i = SQ, j, then the crossover of these two chromosomes at SP, i = SQ, j creates a new chromosome which has the sequence of either (SP, 1, SP, 2, …, SP, i, SQ, j+1, SQ, j+2, …, SQ, M) or (SQ, 1, SQ, 2, …, SQ, j, SP, i+1, SP, i+2, …, SP, N). If no common state is found in the sequences of P and Q except for the initial and final states, then the pair of chromosomes P and Q are called “infertile”.

Using this chromosomal expression, the problem can be solved in broadly the same way as the SGA.

6 Optimisation results and discussion

The authors have performed numerical optimisation on five different cases, using GA with the proposed chromosomal expression as explained in the previous section.

142 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 154: 1845645006Timetable Planning

For all cases, a weighted sum of train times is used to evaluate a chromosome. The only difference between cases is the values of the weighting coefficients for passenger and freight trains. All other conditions are unchanged, remaining as described in the earlier sections.

Also, the parameters for the GA are common for all cases. There are 60 chromosomes per generation, and the algorithm terminates when 100 generations have been calculated. Given the population and evaluation of the current generation, the next generation of populations is determined as follows.

1) If the best evaluation among the current generation is worse than the very best which existed in the past, add the very best chromosome to the current generation population.

2) Create a group of 18 chromosomes by crossovers. One chromosome is created by the crossover between two parent chromosomes selected from the current generation, and is added to the new group. A chromosome in the current generation with better evaluation is assigned a higher possibility of being selected as one of the parents. If the selected pair is “infertile” and cannot create a crossover “child”, then mutation is applied to one of the pair and added to the new group instead.

3) Create the group of 42 chromosomes by selecting from the current generation of population, allowing the selection of the chromosome twice or more. The possibility that a chromosome in the current generation is selected is the same as the function used in 2).

4) Add the groups of chromosomes generated by 2) and 3) to create a group of 60 chromosomes.

5) Apply mutation to 80 per cent of the chromosomes in the group created in 4).

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80time [minutes]

Abbotswood Junc.

(for Birmingham)Abbotswood Junc.

(for Worcester)

(for Bristol)

delayed freight train

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80time [minutes]

Abbotswood Junc.

(for Birmingham)Abbotswood Junc.

(for Worcester)

(for Bristol)

delayed freight train

Figure 5: Optimisation result (1) weight of passenger : freight trains = 6 : 1.

Rescheduling 143

Page 155: 1845645006Timetable Planning

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80time [minutes]

Abbotswood Junc.

(for Birmingham)Abbotswood Junc.

(for Worcester)

(for Bristol)

delayed freight train

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80time [minutes]

Abbotswood Junc.

(for Birmingham)Abbotswood Junc.

(for Worcester)

(for Bristol)

delayed freight train

Figure 6: Optimisation result (2) weight of passenger : freight trains = 6 : 3 or 6 : 6.

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80time [minutes]

Abbotswood Junc.

(for Birmingham)Abbotswood Junc.

(for Worcester)

(for Bristol)

delayed freight train

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80time [minutes]

Abbotswood Junc.

(for Birmingham)Abbotswood Junc.

(for Worcester)

(for Bristol)

delayed freight train

Figure 7: Optimisation result (3) weight of passenger : freight trains = 6 : 12.

Figure 5: shows the case where the weightings of passenger : freight trains is 6 : 1, in which the freight train departs the Down Goods Loop after all passenger trains bound for Bristol have made their way through Abbotswood Junction. Cases for the weightings of 6 : 3 and 6 : 6 yield the same result, shown in Figure 6:, in which the freight train leaves the last two Bristol-bound passenger trains behind. Results for the 6 : 12 and 6 : 24 weightings (shown in Figure 7: and Figure 8:, respectively) show that, as the weight for the freight train increases, fewer passenger trains overtake the freight train at Abbotswood, with Figure 8: showing that no overtaking becomes the optimal solution. These results suggest

144 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 156: 1845645006Timetable Planning

that a change in the order of passenger trains and the freight train takes place when, as the weightings given for the freight train becomes larger, the disbenefit of holding the freight train is larger than the accumulated benefit of letting the passenger trains overtake at Abbotswood Junction.

The calculation time required for the optimisation was nearly 5 hours using a personal computer with 1.4GHz Intel Pentium 4 CPU; although this is clearly too long to be practical, considering that a detailed dynamic multi-train simulator has been used embedded in the optimisation process, it does not necessarily mean the GA cannot be used for this kind of optimisation.

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80time [minutes]

Abbotswood Junc.

(for Birmingham)Abbotswood Junc.

(for Worcester)

(for Bristol)

delayed freight train

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80time [minutes]

Abbotswood Junc.

(for Birmingham)Abbotswood Junc.

(for Worcester)

(for Bristol)

delayed freight train

Figure 8: Optimisation result (4) weight of passenger : freight trains = 6 : 24.

The different results presented in this section are generated only by changing the weighting coefficients. However, there are many parameters that have to be determined, such as the size of the population per generation, percentage of chromosomes to be created through crossovers or percentage of chromosomes to mutate. These parameters may depend on track topography, the train schedule and the disruption scenario.

7 Conclusion

A number of numerical optimisations of a railway junction control have been carried out using Genetic Algorithms and using OOMTS as an embedded simulator. A novel chromosomal expression for the problem has been proposed that enables the problem to be solved in a way very similar to that used by the Simple GA. The authors are looking at the application of the same idea to various other problems, especially railway networks with multiple junctions.

Rescheduling 145

Page 157: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Acknowledgement

This research was conducted within RRUK, the Universities’ Centre for Railway Systems Research, funded by the EPSRC, U.K. (GR/S12784/01).

References

[1] Takagi, R., et al.: “An Object-oriented Signalling System Model for the Study of Delay Minimization by On-line Train Control”, IRSE Aspect 2006, London, UK (March 2006).

[2] Siu, L. K.: “An Object-oriented Railway System and Power Network Simulator”, The University of Birmingham (PhD Thesis) (1995).

[3] Mellitt, B., Goodman, C. J. and Arthurton, R. I. M.: “Simulator for studying operational and power-supply conditions in rapid transit railways”, Proc. IEE, Vol. 125, No. 4, pp.298-303 (1978).

[4] Siu, L. K. and Goodman, C. J.: “An object-oriented concept for simulation”, Proc. COMPRAIL 1992 International Conference, Washington DC, USA (1992).

[5] Goodman, C. J.: “Promoting railway research in United Kingdom universities: the genesis of Rail Research UK”, Proc. of a Symposium on Research and Development in Railway Engineering, Dept. of Elec. Eng., Hong Kong Polytechnic University, 3.1.1 - 3.1.12 (2003).

[6] Nagao, T.: “Optimization Algorithms” (in Japanese), Shoko-do Publishing, Tokyo, Japan (2000), Chapters 10 – 12.

[7] Rothlauf, F.: “Representations for Genetic and Evolutionary Algorithms”, Physica-Verlag, Heidelberg, Germany (2002).

[8] National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST): “Dictionary of Algorithms and Data Structures” (http://www.nist.gov/dads/ HTML/Levenshtein.html).

146 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 158: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Running time re-optimization during real-timetimetable perturbations

A. D’Ariano1,2 & T. Albrecht31 Transport and Planning, Delft University of Technology,The Netherlands2 Informatica e Automazione, Universita degli Studi Roma Tre, Italy3 “Friedrich List” Faculty of Traffic and Transportation Sciences,Dresden University of Technology, Germany

Abstract

In the Netherlands the railway network is heavily used by heterogeneous traintraffic and characterised by short headway times. That is why even small initialdelays may perturb the timetable causing consecutive delays. In such conflictsituations, traffic controllers have the complicated task of deciding upon theoptimal train schedule in real-time. They could be assisted by sophisticatedconflict-solving systems. Optimal train running profiles can be designed thatfit better to the new train order and allow the reduction of delays and energyconsumption at the same time. This paper presents a formulation for this complexproblem that makes it suitable for quantitative analysis and for optimizing actualrunning times at network scale. A conflict solution system is developed that modelsthe train scheduling problem as an alternative graph. Adopting the blocking timemodel, safe headway distances between trains are assured by any real-time trafficcontrol measure. The optimal solution from a network point of view can beimproved by modifying the speed profiles locally for the individual train routes.A constructive heuristic algorithm for the dynamic modification of running timesduring operations is proposed that satisfies the timetable constraints of train ordersand routes and guarantees the feasibility of the running profile, while taking intoaccount the properties of the signalling and train protection systems in use. A real-world example from the Netherlands in the case of the Dutch signalling systemNS54 is presented to demonstrate the benefits of the proposed methodology.Keywords: railway traffic management, train scheduling, delay minimization, trainspeed optimization, energy optimal train control.

Rescheduling 147

Page 159: 1845645006Timetable Planning

1 Introduction

The off-line development of detailed conflict-free timetables is a complex andrecurrent problem, and typically requires many months. Since disruptive events areunpredictable time reserves are distributed over the timetable, preferably guidedby past experience and empirical data [1]. During operations, however, unforeseenevents may disrupt the timetable and cause conflicts between train paths that mustbe resolved in real-time. Moreover, the railway infrastructure is becoming moreand more saturated by local delays, which are more difficult to manage and easilygenerate many consecutive delays (due to conflicts).

Current operational traffic management is reactive: a train driver tries to adhereto the original schedule and responds to the signalling system when the route aheadhappens to be occupied. Dispatchers only reschedule the route setting plan whentrains have a considerable delay, and (network) traffic controllers become activewhen train traffic is already highly disrupted. Hence, improving the reliabilityof dense train traffic requires an advanced railway traffic management systemthat accurately monitors current train positions, predicts potential conflicts andreschedules trains in real-time such that consecutive delays are minimized [2].

Trafficmonitoring

Conflictdetection

There willbe conflictsin the future.

There won’t be conflicts,all trains can travelaccording to timetable.

Conflictresolution

Solutioncontainsoverlaps.

Speedoptimization

Solution doesn’tcontain overlaps.

To be transmittedto the trains.

Figure 1: Components of a proactive traffic management system.

The introduction of computerized on-line decision support systems aims toprevent the decision maker from taking wrong decisions. Such systems shouldbe designed to support operators to quickly re-schedule trains during real-timeperturbations and typically contain the following components (cf. Fig. 1):

1. Traffic monitoring: Take as input the position, the speed and the plannedtimetable for each running train in the railway network.

2. Conflict detection: Given the current infrastructure status, actual timetableand current train delays and speeds, find potential conflicting train paths thatrequire the same infrastructure element at the same time (conflicts): this willbe prohibited by the safety system.

3. Conflict resolution: Given the current train delays and predicted conflicts,find an optimal solution by rescheduling and/or rerouting trains. Thissolution must respect the constraints of the signalling system in use: A trainthat gets too close behind another is forced to slow down by the signalling/train protection system in use. Getting into such a situation corresponds toan overlap of blocking times according to blocking time theory [3].

148 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 160: 1845645006Timetable Planning

4. Speed optimization: Send new targets (time and advisory speed at keylocations) to rescheduled trains with the aim of respecting punctuality andsaving energy.

Many consecutive delays can be prevented if traffic is proactively managed.Based on an accurate monitoring of actual train positions potential conflictingroutes can be predicted in advance and resolved in real-time. The adjusted targets(location-time-speed) have then to be communicated to the relevant trains. DriverAssistance Systems [4] installed onboard can support the driver control its trainbest to reach the overall optimum. Such systems have to consider the behaviour ofthe safety system to avoid undesired safety braking, consequent slow downs andhigher energy consumption of trains. They will allow not only more precise controlof trains, but also effective train speed coordination on open tracks, securing timewindows at junctions/crossings, or synchronizing arriving trains at stations in caseof delays and expected route conflicts.

The literature on traffic management focuses on conflict detection and resolution(CDR) systems (cf. [5] for an overview). Only few studies are known which takeinto account the possibility of speed coordination to improve the reschedulingsolution: Asuka and Komaya [6] mainly focus on urban rapid transit with lowspeeds and short distances between stations. Huerlimann [7] focuses on speed opti-mization at a single junction. This paper presents an advanced traffic managementsystem which is able to consider a complicated network for the CDR system andimprove the obtained solution by speed optimization in network nodes afterwards.

The paper is organized as follows: Section 2 introduces the CDR system.Section 3 deals with the optimal speed control in conflict situations. In Section4 we describe a test case based on the Utrecht-Geldermalsen railway link. Finally,conclusions are drawn and future research is discussed.

2 Conflict detection and resolution system

The aim of real-time rescheduling is to control the railway traffic in case ofperturbations. The CDR system used here models the railway system as analternative graph [8]. This graph represents the train paths of all trains in agiven control area along with their precedence constraints (minimum headwayscomputed using the blocking time model [3]). Moreover, special (alternative) arcsrepresent operational choices such as the train order at a crossing or mergingsection. A decision is made by selecting one of two alternative arcs which thenfixes a precedence constraint between two trains at a potential conflict point. Thisalternative graph can be used to model different signalling systems and therefore isquite flexible [9]. In case of fixed block signalling each block signal corresponds toa node in the alternative graph and the arcs between nodes represent blocking timesor headway times. A feasible schedule assigns passage times to each node suchthat all precedence constraints are satisfied. The CDR problem (or train schedulingproblem) can then be defined as follows: For given initial delays find the shortestpaths in the alternative graph and fix the corresponding selected alternative arcs.All trains are considered simultaneously with the aim to minimize the maximum

Rescheduling 149

Page 161: 1845645006Timetable Planning

consecutive delay in the network. D’Ariano et al. [10] developed an efficientbranch and bound algorithm to find an optimal schedule using several speed upsexploiting the problem knowledge.

The alternative graph model assumes deterministic blocking and waiting timesand thus does not take deceleration and acceleration into account in case ofhindrance. D’Ariano et al. [11] therefore developed a train management systemthat updates the speed profiles of trains according to the signal aspects. In eachstep of an iterative rescheduling procedure the CDR problem is solved andsubsequently it is checked whether train paths overlap (yellow signals). If overlapsarise the speed profile of the second train (that passes a yellow signal) is updatedand the blocking times are changed accordingly. In the next iteration possible new’queueing’ conflicts are solved, which again may lead to slowing down of trains.The rescheduling procedure terminates in a finite number of iterations and gives aconflict-free timetable with admissible train dynamics.

3 Optimal speed control in conflict situations

The solution of the CDR system may contain overlaps. That means in practice,that the concerned train will have to reduce its speed involuntarily. This may causeoperational disadvantages:

1. Traditional ATP systems (like the Dutch ATB-EG) will force the train driverto decrease the speed of its train in any case in order to be able to reach a safestate before the next signal, which is expected to be the limit of movementauthority but whose position is unknown to the onboard unit of the ATPsystem.

2. Train speed can only be increased again, if a signal upgrade has beenrecognised by the ATP system. Whereas modern ATP systems like ETCSlevel 2 can do so automatically in a safe manner, old systems rely on a non-safe confirmation of the signal upgrade by the driver. At the time the conflictis over, the train will have a lower speed than originally planned in thetimetable. In order to get back to its travelling speed it has to re-accelerate,which costs time in the first place (and therefore causes additional delay)and energy in the second place.

In order to reduce those negative effects, a constructive heuristic algorithm isproposed for the computation of the optimal train trajectories. This algorithm isillustrated in Fig. 2. It is based on the idea that the train is slowed down slightlysome time before the possible overlap, in order to be able to re-accelerate withoutbeing hindered and reach the conflict area with optimal distance behind the traincausing the conflict. The train should then never have to pass a signal aspect thatforces a modification of its optimal trajectory.

Of course, the algorithm only has to be started in case that overlaps (speeddecreases due to signal aspects) exist; assuming the train goes from its state itenters the corridor on its planned (energy-optimal) path. If that’s the case, step 1 ofthe algorithm (Fig. 2) consists of the computation of the fastest possible trajectoryfrom the start state of the train (position, speed) to its target state (scheduled

150 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 162: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Compute time-optimaltrajectory

Find most criticaloverlap, computetarget trajectory

Fix start state on starttrajectory with respectto following trains

Fix target state ontarget trajectory

Max. cruising speed =max. speed betweenstart and target state

Decrease max. crui-sing speed and com-pute new trajectory

Target statereached before time?

Trajectoryinfluenced by

signalling?

Optimizationterminated, optimaltrajectory found

Shift targetstatetowardsstart state

1

2

3

4

5

no

yes

no

yes

position

speed

time

1

start trajectorynot feasible

2 most criticaloverlap andtarget trajectory

ye

llow

red

signalupgradetimesfromprecedingtrain

3startstate

subsequentcrossingtrainthat needsthe sameinfrastructure

to berespectedin phase 3

releasetime

switch/sight/reaction

time

approachtime

line speed limit

4targetstate

12

5

5

4 targetstate

6

7

6

6

6

Figure 2: Flow diagram and the algorithm steps illustrated in a theoretical example.

passing time) at the end of the corridor without regard of the signalling system.For this trajectory, the most critical conflict can be determined (biggest negativedifference between passage time of the time-optimal trajectory and signal upgradeto undisturbed operation - green signal aspect). Step 2 consists of determining theso-called target trajectory by shifting the time-optimal trajectory in time in such away, that it passes the critical conflict at the time of signal upgrade. It shall nowbe assumed that the arrival time of this trajectory is later than the planned arrivaltime, so this target trajectory is the only solution with minimal delay which doesnot have to pass a yellow signal (there may be other solutions with smaller delayat the end of the corridor, which necessitate passing a yellow signal once [12]).

The next steps of the algorithm consist of finding the best transition between theexpected trajectory of the train (1) and the target trajectory (2). It shall be computedaccording to the following criteria:

• The train shall be slowed down the least possible, because every slowingdown needs to be compensated by re-acceleration which costs energy.

• The smaller the distance and the longer the time to the critical conflict, themore the train has to be slowed down.

• The earlier a train diverges from its original trajectory, the later it will be atany given position before the conflict. Those delays may cause consecutivedelays of subsequent trains.

Rescheduling 151

Page 163: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Those three factors have to be taken into account in the construction phase ofthe transition trajectory. In order not to hinder subsequent trains which partiallyuse the same infrastructure, step 3 sets a start state on the original trajectory. Thetime the train may diverge from its trajectory can be computed using blocking timetheory recursively (from the time the next train will need to use the infrastructureback to the required release time of the same infrastructure for the examined train).

In step 4, the target state is fixed on the last point on the target trajectory, whichtheoretically would allow having the maximal distance between start and targetstate. Then, the transition trajectory must be computed (step 5). It must containminimum three regimes and two switching points [12]. Here, three phases areproposed: A regime of braking/ acceleration, cruising at a given cruising speedand re-acceleration to the target speed. To find the switching points between theregimes, the maximal cruising speed between start and target state is successivelyreduced, the first and last phase are prolonged respectively. The arrival time at thetarget state increases and step 5 is repeated until the target state is reached on time.

It must then be checked, whether the train can follow this transition trajectorywith respect to the signalling system (step 7) or whether it had to brake involun-tarily when following it. In the latter case, the target state is moved towards thestart state (step 6). That generally leads to lower cruising speeds of the transitiontrajectory, where the risk of hurting the signalling constraints decreases. If thetarget state is moved too much towards the start state, it may be possible thatno feasible solution for step 5 exists and the desired target trajectory can not bereached under the given constraints. Either the constraints have to be redefined(move start state towards section entrance, step 3) or the target trajectory movedforward in time and the optimization has to be re-started. In case the computedtarget trajectory arrives too early at the exit of the regarded corridor the availablerunning-time reserve must be distributed either before or after the conflict. Thatmay be done using Dynamic Programming [4].

4 Case study

This section illustrates the influence of the effective railway traffic managementsystem proposed in the previous sections by means of a real-word example. Anode of the existing Dutch railway network between Utrecht and Geldermalsen(Fig. 3) is regarded. It is composed of a main corridor of around 14 km and includesCulemborg station. There are four trains in the network. Train A is a freight train,

65

8

4

2

3

1

7

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

A

D

BC

Culemborg UtrechtGeldermalsen

Dordrecht

Figure 3: Utrecht - Geldermalsen railway link.

152 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 164: 1845645006Timetable Planning

going from Culemborg (block section 15) to Utrecht (block section 22). Train Band C are intercity passenger trains going from Geldermalsen (block section 1)to Utrecht. Finally, train D is a regional passenger train going from Geldermalsento Dordrecht (block section 8). Train A shall be delayed and the running of thefollowing trains on the corridor is influenced by the presence of permissive signalsand signalling block constraints at the entrance of Culemborg station. Potentialconflicts can also be found at the exit of Culemborg station. Trains A, B andC share block sections 15-22. Since trains B and C follow the same path theyshare all the block sections. Train D shares block sections 5 and 6 with trainsB and C. Note that due to the initial position of trains, train C is not allowed toprecede trains B and train A can not be surpassed, and therefore we have a prioriorder among those trains. The switching time to release or set the interlockingroutes and signals is taken to be one second, on the basis of automatic signalblocks with electronic technology. Furthermore, sight and reaction times at sightdistance of the approach signal are assumed equal to 14 seconds. The track speedlimits are 80 km/h for the sections 1-8, 130 km/h otherwise. The signalling systemconsists of two speed levels in case of a conflict ahead (80 km/h, 40 km/h), whichare signaled depending on the section lengths. The Dutch ATP-System ATB-EGrequires immediate braking after entering a section, where the signaled speed islower than track maximal speed, which is also taken into account in the simulation.

4.1 Conflict detection and resolution system solution

The solution obtained by the branch and bound algorithm is given in Fig. 4. Alltrain paths involved in the example are represented in terms of blocking times. Dueto the large input delay of train A, re-timing decisions have been taken to obtain afeasible schedule with respect to headway and signalling constrains but the systemsolution presents the train ordering of the original timetable. In detail, trains B

0

60

120

180

240

300

360

420

480

540

600

660

720738

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 22

TIME (sec)

DISTANCE (block section)

2 21

OVERLAPS

Train D Train C

Train ATrain B

Train D

Train B

Train A

Train C

Figure 4: Blocking time plot of the CDR solution.

Rescheduling 153

Page 165: 1845645006Timetable Planning

and C interfere on block sections 15-17 as illustrated by the overlapping blocks.In this situation, the planned speed profiles of those trains can no longer be usedin the CDR algorithm. They are adapted according to the iterative reschedulingprocedure of D’Ariano et al. [11].

In this case, delayed trains run at their maximum allowed speeds and in caseof a yellow (or red) signal aspect an ordinary driver behaviour is applied: At sightdistance of the approach signal drivers are supposed to start decreasing train speed.Train D is not delayed in this example thus maintains its original speed profile.

4.2 Speed optimization system solutions

For the example of Fig. 3, three different solutions in terms of train speedtrajectories shall be discussed. The solution given by the CDR system and twovariants of speed optimization are proposed in Fig. 5. In all three cases, train Aruns at maximum speed, trains B, C and D adopt different speed profiles.

The CDR solution presents feasible speed profiles for each train (Fig. 4). At theexit of the network train B (C) has a delay of 128 (167) seconds and train D isnot delayed, in case the drivers are supposed to react to the current state of thesignalling system only.

The next solution represents a speed optimization which only takes into accountthe previous train and not subsequent trains. Here, step 3 of the algorithm in section3 is not considered and trains B, C and D are optimized in the order that theypass the critical section. With the aim of minimizing energy consumption of theindividual trains, trains B and C are slowed down as soon as they enter the corridor.As a consequence train D can not get out of the situation but delayed. In detail, withrespect to the previous solution the energy consumption for all trains is reduced by45%, whereas the sum of delays is about the same (reduced delay for trains Band C and increased for train D). For train D, this represents a deterioration of thesolution quality compared to the CDR solution without speed optimization.

A second speed optimization run is done, this time respecting the constraintsgiven by train D when fixing the starting states of train C and B in step 3. Thepossibility of speed decrease of train C is limited to the sections, where it doesn’tinfluence train D. Train B must be re-optimized in order not to disturb train C. Withthis solution, the regarded trains B, C and D need 30% less energy than withoutspeed optimization. Train D is not disturbed and therefore, overall delay can bereduced by 45 seconds.

The two proposed speed optimization solutions are pareto-optimal: Min. energyconsumption and min. delay respectively. Traffic operators must discuss which ofthe solutions fits their objectives during operations.

5 Outlook and conclusions

This paper showed the effectiveness of an intelligent method to reduce consecutivedelays by identifying potential conflicts, rescheduling train traffic and optimizingthe speed trajectory of each train involved in a conflict/overlap situation. Such

154 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 166: 1845645006Timetable Planning

5000 7500 10000 12500

5000 7500 10000 12500

0 2500 5000 7500 10000 12500

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

0 2500 5000 7500 10000 125000

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

0 2500 5000 7500

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

0 2500 5000 75000

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

position in m position in m position in m

Train D:Arrival: 331 sEnergy: 9.7 kWh

Train C:Arrival: 747 sEnergy: 311.8 kWh

Train B:Arrival: 608 sEnergy: 332.9 kWh

Train D:Arrival: 376 sEnergy: 34.4 kWh

Train C:Arrival: 723 sEnergy: 181.5 kWh

Train B:Arrival: 588 sEnergy: 146.3 kWh

Train D:Arrival: 331 sEnergy: 9.7 kWh

Train C:Arrival: 723 sEnergy: 192.8 kWh

Train B

Train C

Train D

Train D

yellow 80yellow 40red

I) No speed optimization II) Top-down speed optimization III) Constrained speed optimization

time

ins

spee

din

km/h

time

ins

spee

din

km/h

0 2500

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

0 25000

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

10000 12500

10000 12500

time

ins

spee

din

km/h

Legend:

Train B:Arrival: 588 sEnergy: 244.8 kWh

Figure 5: Comparison of three variants of train speed trajectories.

Rescheduling 155

Page 167: 1845645006Timetable Planning

a system can be implemented in an advanced traffic management system whichimproves operations reliability with small investments compared to the alternativeof building new infrastructure.

A case study of the Utrecht-Geldermalsen railway link showed how the CDRsystem and the speed optimization can be adopted in order to react proactivelywhen signal aspects change. The obtained solutions clearly indicate the need todevelop on board driver support systems in order to improve punctuality and mini-mize energy consumption.

In the future, it is planned to include the speed optimization into the iterationalgorithm of the CDR system already to be able to better estimate the consequencesof optimal speed control at network level.

References

[1] Hansen, I.A., Increase of capacity through optimized timetabling. In: Com-puters in Railways IX, pp. 529–538, Southampton, 2004. WIT Press.

[2] Ho, T.K., Norton, J.P. & Goodman, C.J., Optimal Traffic Control at RailwayJunctions. IEE-Proc.-Electr. Power Appl., 144(2), pp. 140–148, 1997.

[3] Pachl, J., Railway Operation and Control. VTD Rail Publishing, MountlakeTerrace, USA, 2002.

[4] Albrecht, T. & Oettich, S., A new integrated approach to dynamic schedulesynchronisation and energy-saving train control, In: Computers in RailwaysVIII, pp. 847–856, Southampton, 2002. WIT Press.

[5] Oh, S.M., Hong S.H. & Choi, I.C., Railway conflict detection and resolutionin the Korean railway system. In: Computers in Railways IX, pp. 675–684,Southampton, 2004. WIT Press.

[6] Asuka, M. & Komaya, K., Automatic train operation using braking patterntransitional time. In: World Conf. on Railway Research, pp. 628–636, 2003.

[7] Huerlimann, D., Objektorientierte Modellierung von Infrastrukturelementenund Betriebsvorgangen im Eisenbahnwesen. PhD Thesis, ETH Zurich, 2001.

[8] Mascis, A. & Pacciarelli, D., Job shop scheduling with blocking and no-waitconstraints. European Journal of Operational Research, 143(3), pp. 498–517, 2002.

[9] Giannettoni, M. & Savio, S., The European Project COMBINE 2 to ImproveKnowledge on Future Rail Traffic Management Systems. In: Computers inRailways IX, pp. 695–704, Southampton, 2004. WIT Press.

[10] D’Ariano, A., Pacciarelli, A. & Pranzo, M., A branch and bound algorithmfor scheduling trains on a railway network. European Journal of OperationalResearch, 183(2), pp. 643-657, 2007.

[11] D’Ariano, A., Pranzo, M. & Hansen, I.A., Conflict resolution and trainspeed co-ordination for solving real-time timetable perturbations. IEEETransactions on Intelligent Transportation Systems, 8(2), pp. 208-222, 2007.

[12] Albrecht, T., Energiesparende und verspatungsminimierende Zugsteuerungin Konfliktsituationen. Signal und Draht, 97(12), pp. 18–22, 2005.

156 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 168: 1845645006Timetable Planning

An algorithm for train rescheduling using rescheduling pattern description language R

C. Hirai1, N. Tomii2, Y. Tashiro3, S. Kondou4 & A. Fujimori5 1Transport Information Technology Division, Railway Technical Research Institute, Japan 2Department of Computer Science, Chiba Institute of Technology, Japan

3Kyushu Railway Company, Japan

4West Railway Company, Japan

5Hokkaido Railway Company, Japan

Abstract

We propose an algorithm for automatic train rescheduling with a train rescheduling pattern language processing system. Intended for restoration from heavy train traffic disruption, our proposed algorithm has inherent abilities to make effective train rescheduling plans. While the previous algorithm tries to make a train rescheduling plan in small steps, the proposed one surveys the train timetable at first and applies “train rescheduling patterns” to prepare rescheduling plans. Applying actual train schedule data, we have confirmed that our algorithm works satisfactorily. The algorithm is helpful for preparation of adequate rescheduling plans for practical applications, especially for severe train traffic disruption caused by an accident requiring more than an hour suspending train operations, Keywords: train rescheduling, pattern description, train rescheduling pattern, train traffic disruption, train traffic control, framework of train rescheduling system.

1 Introduction

In Japan, since railways have a dominant share in urban transportation, the offer of an efficient service for a large volume of passengers is required. Train traffic, however, is sometimes disrupted when accidents, natural disasters or technical problems occur on railway lines. In order to restore disrupted services, railways

Rescheduling 157

Page 169: 1845645006Timetable Planning

continuously make a series of modifications to the current train schedules. Such a task is termed as train rescheduling [1]. It is quite important for railway companies to prepare an adequate train rescheduling plan hereinafter referred to as “the plan” whenever train traffic is disrupted.

In particular, when the disruption is expected to last long, railway lines are normally tied up until the cause of the disruption is resolved. Because trains are running every couple of minutes especially in urban areas, a number of trains have to be cancelled. Then, the train-set and crew schedules have to be modified so that there is no lack of train-set or crew in the plan. Sometimes, railway companies try to cancel a part of train paths, so that passengers who do not pass the disrupted area are not inconvenienced. As can be imagined, careful modification of train-set and crew schedules have to be carried out successively.

Train rescheduling, especially that following a large disruption, is such a complicated task. At present, expert train dispatchers are involved in train rescheduling. They constantly monitor daily train operations closely at their post. Once an accident that likely causes a disruption of transport services occurs, train dispatchers collect information about it and prepare “the plan” based on their previous experiences and intuitions. They take into account not only the future train traffic and the passenger density but also unforeseen problems.

An algorithm for automatic train rescheduling is required to be introduced. In order to maintain stable transport services, railway companies require a mechanism which ensures the quality of “the plan”. Recently, computer algorithms to assist train dispatchers in charge of train rescheduling are reported [3-9]. These algorithms, however, lack many of the functions required for a large disruption, namely to cancel a number of trains and modify train-set and crew schedules automatically.

In this paper, we propose an algorithm for automatic train rescheduling especially for a large disruption. Our algorithm based on a technique that applies experts’ knowledge as “train rescheduling patterns” hereinafter referred to “the patterns” to compute “the plan” automatically. Some railway companies recognize specifiable parts of the experts’ knowledge as “the patterns” to restore disrupted train traffic effectively. In order to build a practical algorithm for automatic train rescheduling, a use of “the patterns” is recommendable.

On the other hand, we have to consider the fact that a mere use of “the patterns” is insufficient to prepare effective and practical plans. Due to the uncertainty of occurrences of accidents it is difficult to prepare complete train rescheduling patterns to suit every situation. Such a circumstance results in a need of a mechanism that modifies “the plan” prepared by only application of “the patterns”.

For the sake of constructing an automatic train rescheduling algorithm we have to solve the following problems:

1. Establish a language to describe “the patterns”. 2. Develop a language processing system (an interpreter) to apply “the

patterns”. 3. Construct a framework of an automatic train rescheduling system to

modify the plan created by the interpreter.

158 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 170: 1845645006Timetable Planning

We have solved the above three problems, and implemented an algorithm for automatic train rescheduling. Applying actual train schedule data, we have confirmed that our algorithm works satisfactorily.

2 Train rescheduling pattern

2.1 Train rescheduling pattern

Some railway companies recognize specifiable parts of the experts’ knowledge as “the patterns” to restore effectively disrupted train traffic. Each train dispatcher has his own strategy in preparation of “the plan”, which causes variations in “the plans”. For example, under the same conditions, a dispatcher adopts a plan by which disrupted traffic is restored as immediately as possible while another dispatcher selects a plan that maintains sufficient traffic capacity.

In order to provide stable and punctual transportation services to the public, every train dispatcher needs to own common and compatible strategies for train rescheduling. Railway companies, accordingly, have taken steps under which every train dispatcher utilizes “the patterns”.

2.2 Examples of applying train rescheduling patterns

Figure 1: Example of train rescheduling.

Figure 1 shows examples of how “the patterns” are applicable when train traffic is disrupted. Figure 1(a) shows the initial schedule, while Figure 1(b) shows the resultant schedule. A thick diagonal line indicates an express train, and a thin diagonal line shows a local train. Express trains operated between station-A and station-E; and local trains between station-C and station-E.

We assume that station-B and station-F have sufficient tracks to accommodate temporary train-sets. On the contrary, there is no extra track available at both station-C and station-E. Grey thick line indicates a location and an affected time interval of the accident where trains are inoperable. A broken diagonal line indicates a cancellation of the corresponding train.

7

15

1

2

9

1

0

3

4

11

12

Station A

Station B

Station C

Station D

Station E

Station F

13

8

5

6

Time

7

15

1

2

9

1

0

3

4

11

12

9003

Station A

Station B

Station C

Station D

Station E

Station F

13

8

9005

5

6

9001

Time

Cancelled express train Cancelled local train

Express train Local train Extra train

(a) Initial schedule (b) Resultant schedule

Rescheduling 159

Page 171: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 1(a) illustrates initial schedule that includes train cancellations immediately after the accident. We assume that trains encountered with the accident will be likely cancelled as initial operations. In Figure 1(a), the initially cancelled trains are train-5, train-7, train-2 and train-4.

Figure 1(b) shows a resultant schedule after applying the following patterns. Figure 2 shows Train rescheduling pattern 1 (TRP-1). In the case where an

express train-X is cancelled between station-A and station-E, the next express train-Y from station-E is cancelled. A train-set for an express train-X waits at station-A, and is operated as the next express train-Z.

Figure 3 shows Train rescheduling pattern 2 (TRP-2). In the case where an express train-X is cancelled between station-C and station-E, the next express train-Y is cancelled between station-E and station-B. An extra train-W is set from station-C to station-B. A train-set for train-X is operated as a train-W and waits at station-B. After that, the train-set is operated as train-Y from station-B to station-A.

Figure 2: Train rescheduling pattern 1 (TRP-1).

Figure 3: Train rescheduling pattern 2 (TRP-2).

Time Time(a) Initial schedule (Train X is cancelled) (b) Resultant schedule

X (Cancelled)

Z

Station A

Station B

Station C

Station D

Station E

Station F

Y

X (Cancelled)

Z

Station A

Station B

Station C

Station D

Station E

Station F

Y

(Can

celle

d)

Time Time(a) Initial schedule (Train X is partially cancelled) (b) Resultant schedule

Station A

Station B

Station C

Station D

Cancelled

Z

X

Y

Can

celle

d

Station A

Station B

Station C

Station D

Station E

Station F

Cancelled

Z

W

X

Y

Station F

Station E

160 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 172: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 4: Train rescheduling pattern 3 (TRP-3).

Figure 4 shows Train rescheduling pattern 3 (TRP-3). In the case where a local train-X cancelled between station-E and station-C, the next local train-Y is cancelled between station-C and station-E. An extra train-V is set from station-E to station-F. A train-set for train-X waits at station-F until the next operation is decided.

A resultant schedule in Figure 1(b) is derived from application of TRP-1, TRP-2 and TRP-3 to the corresponding cancellations respectively as shown in Figure 1(a).

2.3 Background of introducing train rescheduling patterns

Based on our hearing investigation of several railway companies, we can summarize reasons to make use of “the patterns” as follows:

a. Make the plan quickly. As described in section 1, to make “the plan” is quite a complicated and time-consuming task. Following “the pattern”, it becomes possible for dispatchers to make “the plan” quickly.

b. Perform train rescheduling task smoothly. Train rescheduling operations involve many people; train dispatchers, drivers, conductors, station staff, etc. It is necessary for them to coordinate closely with each other to avoid any failure. Familiarized with the detail of the plan in advance, every staff involved in the work is capable of fulfilling their activities with confidence.

c. Provide stable transport services. It is possible to reduce variations due to different strategies taken by each train dispatcher in preparation for train rescheduling tasks.

d. Avoid unforeseen problems. A skilled train dispatcher has expertise to avoid unpredictable problems. Though it is not possible for them to explicitly explain the details of the problems, in many occasions there is covert information not disclosed to the public. Hence, we can incorporate the expertise into “the patterns” beforehand; train dispatchers are able to take advantages of expertise of other dispatchers.

e. Realize train rescheduling operations that reflect a policy of a railway company. It is possible to incorporate the policy into “the patterns” beforehand.

Considering the concept of railway companies mentioned above, we conclude that a practical algorithm for automatic train rescheduling should utilize “the patterns”.

Time Time(a) Initial schedule (Train X is cancelled) (b) Resultant schedule

W

X (C

ance

lled)

Y

Z

Station C

Station D

Station E

Station F

W

X (C

ance

lled)

Y (Cancelled) Z

V

Station C

Station D

Station E

Station F

Rescheduling 161

Page 173: 1845645006Timetable Planning

In addition, the utilization of “the patterns” creates a reduction of computing time. Our approach includes a simplified procedure; merely applying “the patterns” to the current schedule. In comparison with an algorithm that enables to compute “the plans” successively from the initial state, our approach enables to construct an algorithm by which “the plans” are prepared within a short period.

2.4 Problems to introduce train rescheduling patterns

For the sake of constructing an automatic train rescheduling algorithm, we have to solve the following problems:

1. Establish a language to describe train rescheduling patterns: Up to now, “the patterns” are specified in a natural language or drawn graphically as shown in Figure 2, 3 and 4. Therefore, it is necessary to establish a language that enables to represent them in a computer-recognizable form.

2. Develop a language processing system (an interpreter) to apply “the patterns”: A mechanism applying “the patterns” to the current train schedule is essential. In other words, the following functions are required.

・ A function to find a location where “the patterns” is applicable to the current schedule: In Figure 2, cancelled train-X should be found to apply TRP-1.

・ A function to assign train names of the current train schedule to “the pattern”: In Figure 1(b) and Figure 4, it is necessary to assign train-2 and train-4 to train-X.

・ A function to output operation instructions: In Figure 1(b), the output should be cancellations of train-6, train-8, train-9 and train-11, settings of train-9005, train-9001 and train-9003, and related train connections.

3. Construct a framework of an automatic train rescheduling system to modify the plan created by the interpreter: The only use of “the patterns” is insufficient to prepare a practical rescheduling plan. It is difficult to prepare “the patterns” for every single case. Not all trains are applicable; therefore, a framework that modifies the results of applying “the patterns” is required.

We have settled these problems. For each problem, our approach is as follows: 1. Introduce a pattern description language named “R”. 2. Develop a pattern description language processing system named “R-

interpreter”. 3. Construct a framework for comprehensive train rescheduling system.

3 Pattern description language R and R-interpreter

We introduce a language named “R” to describe “the patterns”. In addition, we have implemented a language processing system named “R-interpreter” to interpret descriptive contents written in R.

We designate “the patterns” written in R “R-rule.” R-rule describes actions that are executed when an event occurs. An event corresponds to a change of train schedule, such as a train cancellation.

162 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 174: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 5 illustrates operations of R-interpreter. R-interpreter handles events at Working Stage based on R-rule, train schedule data and the current states of Working Stage. When R-interpreter is not able to find any of R-rule applicable to the current state, R-interpreter aborts its operations.

R-rule consists of three parts as below: (1) (for each) section

Describe an event that behaves as a trigger of “the pattern”. R-interpreter searches the initial schedule for the trigger. In the case that the trigger is found, R-interpreter will try to check the conditions described in (if_exists) section.

(2) (if exists) section Describe conditions for actions.

(3) (then) section Describe contents of actions.

Figure 5: Operations of R-interpreter.

Figure 6 shows an example that describes TRP-1 as shown in Figure 2. This description includes Japanese characters (Kanji and Kana characters), readily usable for Japanese train dispatchers. It is obviously possible to modify R-interpreter to deal with R-rule specified with only alphabetical characters.

The descriptive content in the (for each) section in Figure 6 represents a cancellation of a train between station-A and station-E. This cancellation corresponds to that of train-X in Figure 2.

The description in the (if exist) section represents conditions to be checked. In the (if exist) section in Figure 6, the following conditions are specified;

・ Existence of express train-Y that is operated from station-E to station-A (the same operating section as train-X’s but the opposite direction).

・ Existence of express train-Z that departs from station-A. The (then) section in Figure 6 specifies actions of TRP-1. These actions

correspond to the resultant schedule in Figure 2 are as follows: ・ Cancellation of train-Y ・ A train-set for train-X is operated as train-Z

Working Stage

Cancellation of a train

Schedule change of a train-set

Schedule of a train

MODIFYDELETE

CREATE

R-rule

LOAD

Schedule of a train-set

Train Schedule Data

LOADSchedule of a train

Schedule of a train

Schedule of a train-set

Cancellation of a train

R-interpreter

Rescheduling 163

Page 175: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 6: Description of TRP-1 in train rescheduling pattern language R.

4 Framework of a train rescheduling system

4.1 Framework of a train rescheduling system

Train rescheduling is a complicated and large-scale task. A train rescheduling system, which supports train rescheduling tasks, should have a comprehensive structure.

Figure 7 indicates a framework for a comprehensive train rescheduling system. The framework consists of five subsystems: Train scheduling subsystem, Train-set rescheduling subsystem, Train rescheduling (in the narrow sense) subsystem, Crew rescheduling subsystem and Shunting rescheduling subsystem. Each of the subsystems exchanges relevant information and prepares each scheduling plan in cooperation with other subsystems.

It is necessary to distinguish operations that have different reasons. For example, a reason for a cancellation of a train is likely to be one of the following:

a) In the case where a train is an express-service, a long delay loses its worth to arrive at a destiniation earlier.

b) There is no train-set that can be assigned to the train. c) In order to restore the train traffic.

Therefore, Train scheduling subsystem, Train-set rescheduling subsystem, Train rescheduling (in the narrow sense) subsystem have each cancellation operation.

begin Pattern_1 for_each ( 運転休止[始端駅 = A, 終端駅 = E] =: x in WS )

if_exist (列車駅[列車番号 = x.列車番号, 駅 = A, 列車種別 = 快速, 運転方向 = 下り] =: q,

列車駅[列車番号 = x.列車番号, 駅 = E, 列車種別 = 快速, 運転方向 = 下り] =: r,

列車[列車番号 = 後運用列車(x.列車番号)] =: w, 列車駅[列車番号 = w.列車番号, 駅 = E,

列車種別 = 快速, 運転方向 = 上り] =: s, 列車駅[列車番号 = w.列車番号, 駅 = A,

列車種別 = 快速, 運転方向 = 上り] =: t, 列車[列車番号 = 前運用列車(x.列車番号)] =: y, 列車駅[列車番号 = y.列車番号, 駅 = A,

列車種別 = 快速, 運転方向 = 上り] =: u, 列車[列車番号 = 後運用列車(y.列車番号)] =: z, 列車駅[列車番号 = z.列車番号, 駅 = A,

列車種別 = 快速, 運転方向 = 下り] =: v ) then (generate 運転休止 in WS (

列車番号=y.列車番号, 始端駅=E, 終端駅=A ) generate 車両運用変更 in WS ( 前運用列車番号= y.列車番号, 後運用列車番号= z.列車番号 ) )

end Pattern_1

164 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 176: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 7: Framework of train-rescheduling system.

4.2 Train rescheduling algorithm

We propose an algorithm based on the framework shown in Figure 7. With the example of Figure 1, operations of each subsystem are indicated as follows: [Train scheduling subsystem]

Train scheduling subsystem determines cancellations of trains and creation of extra trains. In Figure 1(b), the following cancellations are determined based on usage of R-interpreter as shown in Section 2. ・ Between station-C and station-E, train-2, train-4, train-5, train-9 and

train-11 are cancelled. ・ Between station-B and station-E, train-6 is cancelled. ・ Between station-A and station-E, train-7 and train-8 are cancelled. ・ Train-9001, train-9003 and train-9005 are created.

[Train-set rescheduling subsystem] Train-set rescheduling subsystem prepares a train-set operating rescheduling plan. In Figure 1(b), no train-set is assigned to train-10 and train-12. Then, train-sets for train-9001 and train-9003 assigned to train-10 and train-12 respectively. A train-set rescheduling algorithm [10] is applicable in this instance.

[Train rescheduling (in the narrow sense) subsystem] Employed a train reschedule algorithm [9], this subsystem solves the detailed problems like track conflicts. The following rescheduling operations are dealt with:

Rescheduling 165

Page 177: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Cancellation, Extra trains, Change of track, Change departure sequence, Change train-set operating schedule and etc.

[Crew rescheduling subsystem] For the rescheduling plan, this subsystem enables to prepare a crew rescheduling plan with a crew rescheduling algorithm [11].

5 Results of experiments and evaluation of our algorithm

We have evaluated the effectiveness of our train rescheduling algorithm using actual train schedule data. For experiments, we selected a line that has 20 trains an hour. An accident that requires an hour train suspension assumed as indicated by a black thick line, therefore, trains heading for the downward direction are not able to go into the location for an hour.

Table 1: Evaluation values of algorithms.

Algorithm Evaluation value Without rescheduling (Figure 8(a)) 2138

Existing algorithm [6] 686 Proposed algorithm (Figure 8(b)) 331

Figure 8: Disrupted schedule and Resultant schedule.

As an index for evaluation, we employed “dissatisfaction index” proposed in

[9]. This index indicates the level of passengers’ dissatisfaction, if the value is small; we regard the algorithm works satisfactorily.

Table 1 indicates the result of the comparative evaluation. Because the value of the proposed algorithm is the smallest, we can conclude that the proposed algorithm has made a better rescheduling plan than the existing algorithm. While the existing algorithm tries to prepare a train rescheduling plan tardily from the

Accident

(a) Disrupted schedule (b) Resultant schedule Time Time

Accident

166 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 178: 1845645006Timetable Planning

beginning, the proposed algorithm can utilize appropriate rescheduling policies given as R-rule in advance. Since R-rule contains expertise of a skilful dispatcher, the proposed algorithm can prepare a practical rescheduling plan.

In addition, we can find obvious differences between disrupted schedule (no operation is executed) shown in Figure 8(a) and the resultant schedule shown in Figure 8(b).

6 Conclusions

We proposed an algorithm for automatic train rescheduling with a train rescheduling pattern language processing system. Applying it to actual train schedule data, we have confirmed that our algorithm works satisfactorily, especially for heavy train traffic disruption caused by an accident requiring a train suspension for more than an hour, where the algorithm can produce a rescheduling plan suitable for practical use.

References

[1] Tomii, N., Techniques to make train diagrams for punctuality (in Japanese), Seizando Publishing, pp. 124-173, 2005.

[2] Goodman, C. J. & Takagi, R., Dynamic re-scheduling of trains after disruption, Computers in Railways IX, eds. J. Allan, C. A. Brebbia, R. J. Hill, G. Sciutto & S. Sone, WIT Press, pp. 765-774, 2004.

[3] Nakamura, T. & Ihara, K., The present situation and problems of train traffic control systems (in Japanese), IEEJ Journal, 124(5), pp.279-283, 2004.

[4] K. Ghoseiri, F. Szidarovszky, M. Asgharpour, A multi-objective train scheduling model and solution, Transportation Research Part B 38, 2004.

[5] J. Tornquist, Computer-based decision support for railway traffic scheduling and dispatching: A review of models and algorithms, ATMOS2005, 5th Workshop on Algorithmic Methods and Models for Optimization of Railways, 2005.

[6] W. Koch, RegiDisp, A Cost Effective Optimization of Regional Traffic – State of the Art and Future Possibilities, RailHannover 2007, 2nd International Seminar on Railway Operations Modelling and Analysis, Hannover, 2007.

[7] A. D'Ariano, F. Corman, I.A. Hansen, Railway traffic optimization by advanced scheduling and rerouting algorithms, WCRR2008, World Congress on Railway Research, Seoul 2008.

[8] S. Wegele and E. Schnieder, Dispatching of train operations using genetic algorithms, RailDelft2005: 1st International Seminar on Railway Operations Modeling and Analysis, Delft, the Netherlands, 2005.

[9] Tomii, N., Tashiro, Y., Tanabe, N., Hirai, C. & Muraki, K., Train rescheduling algorithm which minimizes passengers’ dissatisfaction, Proc. 18th Int. Conf. on Industrial and Engineering Applications of Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems (IEA/AIE 2005), M. Ali & F. Esposito eds., LNCS 3533, Springer, pp. 829-838, 2005.

Rescheduling 167

Page 179: 1845645006Timetable Planning

[10] Hirai, C. Tomii, N. & Tanabe, N., An algorithm for train set scheduling problems toward Cyber-Rail (in Japanese), Transportation and Electric Railway, TER-02-46, IEEJ, 2002

[11] Fujimori, A. & Tomii, N., A Crew rescheduling algorithm based on combinatorial auction model (in Japanese), Information Technology Letters, 3, LA-006, pp. 15-18, 2004.

168 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 180: 1845645006Timetable Planning

The contribution of state resources in aconstraint-based scheduling model for conflictsolving at railway junctions

J. RodriguezINRETS (Institut National de Recherche sur les Transports et leur

´ ´

Abstract

Scheduling is the process of allocating resources to activities over time. In ascheduling problem, resources are scarce and constrained in various ways (e.g.in the order of activities and the capacity of resources), and one is looking for aschedule of the activities that both satisfies the constraints and is optimal accordingto some criterion.

Over the last decade, constraint-based scheduling (CBS) has become thedominant form of modelling and solving scheduling problems.

This paper deals with a CBS model of real time management of train trafficthrough junctions, it focuses on the use of state resources to improve the model ofconflicts between trains running in opposite directions.

1 Introduction

The railway industry has to improve the quality of service provided in order toincrease freight and passenger market-shares. One important parameter that affectsthe quality of service is the efficiency and the effective use of resources. To achievethis aim, one solution is the use of computer-aided systems in planning and trafficcontrol. A significant part of these computer-aided systems involves the model andthe solution method of the optimisation problem, associated with real situationsand decisions to be taken.

When traffic on connecting lines of a junction is heavy, the junction is likely tobe a critical resource. As a consequence, small disruptions are amplified. A fewseconds originally can quickly lead to a delay of more than 5 minutes. To limit this

.

Securite), Villeneuve d’Ascq, France

Rescheduling 169

Page 181: 1845645006Timetable Planning

phenomenon, new tracks, points and fly-overs can be built. Space and investmentsare needed for such extensions. However, such solutions are unlikely to be feasiblein the short or medium term or impossible to implement in urban areas.

This provides the motivation for the study of new methods and models tooptimise the use of scarce resources like rail junctions.

Concerning traffic control at a junction, the operator must perform the followingtasks :

1. Analyse and select relevant information coming from the field,2. Compare data with planned schedules,3. Detect or anticipate conflicts,4. Select and evaluate alternative solutions that reduce delays caused by

conflicts,5. Choose and implement a solution.

In this context, a computer-based assistance can be used for the first four tasksto improve the quality of the final solution. Task 4 can be formulated as anoptimisation problem, the decision variables are the selection of the alternativeroutes and sequences for trains and the criterion is the sum of delays. This modeland the solution method is part of the computer-aid system; nevertheless, the finaldecision must be left to the operator.

During the last decade, the problem of railway traffic management has beenmany times addressed by using a constraint-based scheduling (CBS) approach.An earlier attempt was in [1]: the application was the compilation of a railwaytimetable i.e. to construct a schedule of trains arrival-departure at each station of aline. The arrival-departure times must satisfy a set of temporal constraints.

Further to this contribution, constraint propagation and scheduling theory hasbeen drawing the attention of researchers to solve railway traffic managementproblems. We can mention here some studies and applications :

• The generation of timetables for the suburban railway network of Melbourne[2],

• SAGITAIRE : a tool for the design of one day operation of the schedules,platform and route assignments of the trains for “Gare du Nord” station inParis [3],

• PRaCoSy : a project for the automation of the preparation and updating ofthe running map for a section of the Beijing-Guangzhou line in China [4],

• CAPRES : a tool to analyse the capacity of railway networks with asaturation method [5],

• The scheduling of trains on single track networks [6, 7],• COMBINE2 : a European project which aim was to define a conflict

resolution model to use in control centres for fixed and moving blocksignalling systems [8],

• A generic tool for the National Network of Spanish Railways which coversmany functions such as analysing the capacity, identifying bottlenecks,providing alternative planning and real-time traffic control [9].

Our first CBS formulation of the traffic management problem at junction was in[10], the last updated and detailed description of the model was in [11].

170 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 182: 1845645006Timetable Planning

In this paper, we present an extension of the model of [11] by using stateresource constraints. These kinds of constraint are redundant constraints. The stateresource constraints allow a better management of conflicts between trains runningin opposite directions in a section of track.

The paper is organised as follows: our CBS formulation of the railway trafficmanagement is introduced in section 2. Within the framework of this model,we define in section 3 the opposite direction conflicts and the state resourcesassociated. In section 4 the constraints between the activities and the stateresources are defined according to different value assignments of the decisionvariables.

Finally, section 5 gives some preliminary results and issues.

2 Constraint-based scheduling model

The basic idea of the model is that a train passing through a junction is a job.According to scheduling theory, the concept of job is a set of activities linked by aset of precedence constraints. The movement of a train is a sequence of activities.Each activity is an elementary movement of the train through a track circuit. Thisis illustrated in figure 1.

As the train remains on track circuit until the next one becomes available forrunning, this limitation is named a “blocking constraint” in scheduling theory.Therefore our model is similar to that of blocking job shop scheduling problem[8, 12].

The constraints of our model will be roughly introduced, there is a more detailedformulation in [11]. The constraints of the problem can be formulated as follows:

• As each track circuit is a resource, the choice of a route for a train isturned into resource assignments for a sequence of activities. A constraintenumerates the combination of tuples of values allowed for the route andtrack circuit variables.

• The track circuits are modelled as unary resources, this leads to theconstraint that two activities requiring the resource cannot overlap in time.

• Within the duration of an activity, we distinguish the detection phase. Foreach train, a constraint links the route values with the earliest start and finishtime of detection phase of each activity.

• For each activity, a waiting time variable models the time spent when thenext resource is not available. This time is added in the expression of theduration of the activity.

• The headway constraint between successive trains due to the blocksignalling system is formulated with a “synchronisation constraint”. Let usconsider a block signalling system with two aspects. In that case,a trainenters a block if no train is detected inside. Therefore, to enter a block, alltrack circuits inside the block must be available at the same time. The startof each activity related to one block has to be synchronised with the startof the detection on the first track circuit of the block. For the general caseof a block system with n aspects, the synchronisation is established with

. . ,

Rescheduling 171

Page 183: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 1: Train movement as a sequence of activities.

Figure 2: Gantt chart of activities for 3-aspect block signalling system.

the entrance in the first track circuit of the n − 2th previous block (e.g. seehatched rectangles for n = 3 in figure 2).

For train scheduling, the criterion frequently used is the sum of train delayscaused by conflicts. This criterion is formulated with the sum of the waiting timevariables.

3 Opposite direction conflicts

Let us define a “conflict sequence” as a common sequence of track circuitsrequested by two trains. There will be a running conflict when both trains requestone track circuit of the conflict sequence during a common time interval. Toarbitrate the conflict, the train circulations are ranked on the conflict sequence, i.e.the corresponding activities are ranked according to the train rank decision. For thecase of a conflict sequence between routes running in the same direction, a rankdecision on one activity implies all ranks of the other activities. This propagationof the rank decision is due to the blocking constraint (see section 2). However,in the case of an opposite direction conflict, there is no propagation of the rankdecision; all the activities of the conflict sequence have to be ranked. The searchalgorithm for a feasible schedule is based on rank decision of activities. Whenthere are opposite direction conflicts, the search algorithm will slow down as itneeds more backtracks to find feasible ranks.

172 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 184: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 3: Example of 4 opposite conflict sequences.

cf1

cf2 cf3

cf4

Figure 4: The Hasse diagram of conflict sequences.

To propagate the rank decision along the activities of an opposite directionconflict, we suggest using a state resource. A state resource is characterised asfollows:

• It has an infinite capacity,• The state can vary over time.• Each activity may, during its execution, require it to be in a given state.• Two activities may not overlap if they require incompatible states.

In the context of a railway traffic optimisation problem, a state resource modelsthe allowed running direction during time along the conflict sequence. Therefore astate resource with 2 states (one for each direction) is associated with each oppositeconflict sequence. The next section describes the constraints to post in order toobtain a correct propagation of rank decisions.

Rescheduling 173

Page 185: 1845645006Timetable Planning

4 State resource constraints

The state resource constraints that can be posted depend on the resourceassignment variables chosen for extending a partial solution during the search.Two cases have been considered: route assignment and track circuit assignment.

4.1 Route assignment

In this section we consider that the state resource constraints are posted after theroutes are assigned to trains during a search algorithm. When a train is entering onthe conflict sequence, the running direction will be constant from the start time ofthe first activities until the end time of the last activity. To satisfy this requirement,we define a constraint requiring that the state of the state resource has be constantduring all the activities of the conflict sequence.

To formulate the constraint, let Ct(t, cfi, state) be the constraint of the stateresource of cfi in state state for a train t. This constraint is the conjunction of thestate resource constraints of all activities of the conflict sequence i.e. :

Ct(t, cfi, state) =∧

zj∈cfi

activity(t, zj).requires(cfi.resource, state)

To illustrate this constraint, let us consider the example of figure 3. Theopposite direction of the routes R1 and R2 yields the conflict sequence cf1 :<z1, z2, z3, z4 >. If a train is running on route R1, the state resource associatedto cf1 must be on the state E during the running through all the track circuits ofcf1 . The state constraint of the route R1 is then :

Ct(t, cf1 , E) = activity(t, z1).requires(cf1 .resource, E) ∧activity(t, z2).requires(cf1 .resource, E) ∧activity(t, z3).requires(cf1 .resource, E) ∧activity(t, z4).requires(cf1 .resource, E) .

The state resource of the route R2 is similar, but with the state W .The rank decisions to arbitrate a conflict between two trains t1, t2 requiring any

track circuit of cf1 will be translated as one of the rank decisions :• activity(t1, z4) ≺ activity(t2, z4),• activity(t1, z1) ≺ activity(t2, z1).

This results is obtained by the constraints Ct(t1, cf1 , E) and Ct(t2, cf1 , W )which propagates the decision along the conflict sequence.

4.2 Track circuit assignment

Let now consider the case of extending a partial solution of a problem withtrack circuits assignments to trains. The question is then : what are the sufficientconditions to post a state resource constraint ? To answer the question, let usconsider again the example of figure 3. There are 4 conflict sequences :

• cf1 :< z1, z2, z3, z4 >,

174 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 186: 1845645006Timetable Planning

• cf2 :< z1, z2 > ,• cf3 :< z2, z3, z4 > ,• cf4 :< z2 >.

The conflict sequence set with the inclusion relation (symbol ⊆) is a partiallyordered set. This order can be graphically displayed as a Hasse diagram. Figure4 is the Hasse diagram of the conflict sequences of the example of 3. In the Hassediagram, each conflict sequence is represented as a vertex and a line is drawnupward from cfi to cfj if cfi ⊆ cfj , and there is no cfk such that cfi ⊆ cfk ⊆ cfj ,we say that cfj covers cfi.

When a track circuit is assigned to a train, the following rules are used to postconstraints:

Rule 1: If a the track circuit zi is assigned to a train then post the state resourceconstraint of least conflict sequence which includes zi (noted lcs(zi)).

Rule 2: For all conflict sequence cfi covered by lcs(zi), post state resourceconstraint of cfi .

To illustrate Rule 1, let us consider the example of figure 3, and the case of theassignment of track circuit z1 to a train in the E direction. According to the rule,the state resource constraint requiring the conflict sequence cf2 in E directionis posted. Indeed, cf2 is the lcs(z1), i.e. none of the conflict sequences whichinclude z1 is a subset of cf2 . Note that cf1 includes z1, but it is not the lcs(z1)as cf2 is one of the subsets of cf1 (see the upward line of the Hasse diagram infigure 4).

The second rule concerns the conflict sequence covered by the least conflictsequence. We can take the as an example the figure 3 and the case of the assignmentof track circuit z1. As the resource of cf2 is required by the train in directionE, to avoid inconsistencies, we must require the resource of the covered conflictsequence cf4 in the same direction and during the same interval.

So, after the assignment of z1 to the train, the state resources of cf2 and cf4will be required in the state E, whatever the route assigned afterwards.

5 Results and conclusion

The extension of our CBS model presented here has been implemented andsuccessfully validated on the infrastructure of the Pierrefitte-Gonesse junction.Table 1 shows some preliminary results on a set of growing size problem instances.

The column headings in the table have the following meanings:#t : Number of trains of the problem instance,

CBS : CBS model of section 2 ,

CBS+SRC : CBS model with the state resource constraints extension,

Crit : Criteria of the best solution found,

CPU : Computation time in CPU seconds to find the best solution,

BT : Number of backtracks of the search algorithm.

Rescheduling 175

Page 187: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Table 1: Computational results.

CBS CBS+SRC

Inst. #t Crit CPUa BT Crit CPU a BT

1 6 64 1.63 206 64 1.91 138

2 8 64 1.75 631 64 2.42 322

3 8 66 2.4 721 66 3.1 304

4 10 161 33.42 8774 161 22.33 1172

5 12 161 68.66 9848 161 43.91 1286

6 14 313 339.6 27 323 258 832.12 13 646

7 16 350 704.93 24 789 258 1199.3 14 379

8 18 498 955.67 9055 461 646.02 7739

9 20 512 345.2 11 994 498 1585.14 7611

10 22 648 718.08 5084 609 1593.16 4135aIn seconds using a 2.66GHz Pentium IV processor, Ilog Solver 5.3 and Ilog Scheduler 5.2

The bold face values show the improvements of the state resource constraintsextension of the CBS model.

For the problem instances used here, searching for an optimum value is not arealistic goal. In order to apply a resolution method and obtain good solutionswithin a limited time, an heuristic approach has been considered (see [11]). Thetwo models have been tested with the same CPU limits.

The first observation is that the number of backtracks has been significantlyreduced for all instances. As we also obtain a better or the same criteria solution,this shows that the redundant constraints have pruned many branches of the searchtree. For example in the instance #5, the number of backtracks has been reducedfrom 9848 to 1286 and the criteria has been reduced from 68.66 to 43.91.

In what regards the criteria values, we remark that the improvements have beenobtained with the large instances. This can been explained by the computationaltime needed to calculate the state resource constraints conditions (see section 4).This time increases very slowly with the instance sizes and therefore has moreimpact in small instances than in large instances.

As a conclusion, the state resource constraints show very promising preliminaryresults in what regards the resolution performances. This first attempt of usingthese kinds of constraint need further researches. Some improvement issues havebeen identified regarding :

• The reduction of the number of constraints needed,• The combination of assignment and scheduling heuristics of the solution

algorithm,• The testing of the practical limits of some complete scheduling algorithms,

176 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 188: 1845645006Timetable Planning

• An interesting future task is also to study in depth the performances ofdifferent models and resolution methods as initiated in [13], having in mindthe goal of the potential integrations of different approaches.

References

[1] Fukumori, K. & Sano, H., Fundamental algorithm for train scheduling basedon artificial intelligence. Systems and Computers in Japan, 18(3), 1987.

[2] Gosselin, V., Train scheduling using constraint programming techniques.Charme Technical Bulletin, (3), 1993.

[3] Poujade, M., Moyon, P. & J.F., P., Sagitaire: Allocation des quais de la gareParis-Nord. Conference IA’95, 1995. (in french).

[4] Chiu, C.K., Chou, C.M., Lee, J.H.M., Leung, H.F. & Leung, Y.W., Aconstraint-based interactive train rescheduling tool. Second InternationalConference on Principles and Practice of Constraint Programming, pp. 104–118, 1996.

[5] Hachemane, P., Evaluation de la capacite de reseaux ferroviaires. These1632, Ecole Polytechnique Federale de Lausanne, 1997. (in french).

[6] Kreuger, P., Carlson, M., Olsson, J., Sj, T. & o Astr, Trips scheduling onsingle track networks - the tuff train scheduler. CP’97 Workshop on IndustrialConstraint - Directed Scheduling, pp. 1–12, 1997.

[7] Oliveira, E.S., Solving Single-Track Railway Scheduling Problem UsingConstraint Programming. Ph.D. thesis, School of Computing - Universityof Leeds, 2001.

[8] COMBINE2 project IST-2001-34705, Traffic regulation and co-operationmethodologies. Deliverable D3, Univerita degli Studi Roma Tre, 2003.

[9] Barber, F., Salido, M.A., Abril, M., Ingolotti, L., Lova, A. & Tormos, P.,An interactive train scheduling tool for solving and plotting running maps.LNCS/LNAI, (3040), pp. 659–668, 2004.

[10] Rodriguez, J. & Kermad, L., Constraint programming for real-time traincirculation management problem in railway nodes. Computers in RailwaysVI, WITPress: Lisbonne-Portugal, 1998.

[11] Rodriguez, J., A constraint programming model for real-time trainsscheduling at junctions. Transportation Research Part B : Methodological,2006. In press.

[12] Mascis, A. & Pacciarelli, D., Job-shop with blocking and no-wait constraints.European Journal of Opera- tional Research, (143), pp. 498–517, 2002.

[13] Delorme, X., Rodriguez, J. & Gandibleux, X., Heuristics for railway infras-tructure saturation. Electronic Notes in Theoretical Computer Science 50N1(2001) URL: http://www.elsevier.nl.locate/entcs/volume50.html, pp. 41–55, 2001.

Rescheduling 177

Page 189: 1845645006Timetable Planning

This page intentionally left blank

Page 190: 1845645006Timetable Planning

A Petri nets based decision support tool for railway traffic conflicts forecasting and resolution

S. Ricci & A. Tieri Department of Hydraulics, Transport and Roads (DITS), Sapienza - University of Rome, Italy

Abstract

The full paper describes current results and applications of an ongoing research concerning the operational simulation of complex railway systems based on working criteria and operational rules of interlocking and line signalling systems. Modelling is based on object oriented approach by the Petri nets formalism, that allows high processing openness and modular building without breaking away from the safety systems logic. The development of a full model includes the integration of a Common module to be applied to any layout and interlocking technology, a Timetable module capable to simulate the operational program, a Movement Inspector module to manage traffic priorities automatically and finally a Top Level module where a specific layout and its routes are modelled. The software tool used is a specific software for extended Petri Nets development, validation and simulation (Faber©), that allows modularity in Petri nets definition and manages variables and types declaration, being endowed with a C language interpreter. The tool could be used both for regularity forecasting and in decision support systems for the management of conflict resolution. For these goals the model was largely tested on the Roma-Formia railway, an Italian high density traffic line. The tests include simulations of traffic regularity monitoring and forecasting in both un-perturbed and perturbed conditions, by generating delays of sets of trains along the line and by verifying the response of the system in comparison with measured delays. Keywords: Petri nets simulation, railway traffic management, automatic overtaking.

Rescheduling 179

Page 191: 1845645006Timetable Planning

1 Introduction

The possibility to improve the capacity of railway lines, honouring the regularity levels fixed by the railway undertakings, may be verified or at least estimated with good approximation, during the planning phase through simulation models of railway operation capable to evaluate the potential criticalities, that obstruct the achievement of the above mentioned transport service levels. The models should usefully simulate the process with all boundary conditions imposed by infrastructure, signalling and control systems. Moreover they should be applicable for as large as possible sets of different railway systems, i.e. they should have high flexibility in the system representation. The research aims at building a model with described characteristics, joining in already achieved simulation modules of the operation of single elements of railway operation control systems (switches, track circuits, signals, etc.), through the reconstruction of their logical connections, using Petri nets graphic language. So far, with the software Faber© capable of drawing and simulating hierarchical, extended and coloured Petri nets, were built a complex station model based on ACC and relay interlocking systems and various line models. During the research, the same formalism was used to design a model for traffic regularity analysis, switching from a micro to a macro approach applied to railway operation. Final goal of this research is a simulation model structuring based on Petri nets for line capacity and railway operation regularity, capable to support the effectiveness and efficiency evaluation of infrastructural and/or operational improvements to the railway system.

2 Architecture of the railway model for regularity analysis

The model was built using Petri nets to represent elements of operation signalling and control systems according to an object oriented approach. The railway line (Roma-Formia double track high traffic line was used for model calibration), is divided in finite elements that, conveniently designed and assembled, can be repeated and composed to describe any railway system with similar signalling and control equipment [1]. Like shown in Figure 1, the model includes three modules (Common module, Movement Inspector and Timetable, inserted in a fourth module, the Top Level, in which is represented the infrastructure layout, with the objects of Common module and the route functions that trains will follow during their running over the railway line.

2.1 Common module

All physical elements of the signalling and control systems are designed into the common module. The elements represented in the regularity model are: track circuit, switch, advanced signal, block signal.

180 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 192: 1845645006Timetable Planning

InfrastructureLayout

Routefunctions

Top Level

Common Module

TimetableMovInsp

Figure 1: Model structure.

These classes of objects are drawn through many subnets, each with a particular function. They are developed so that can have all possible options along the line; in this way it is possible to use the same class also for different situations, without re-drawing objects for particular conditions. Therefore, for instance, the unique class Track circuit can be used indifferently in both traffic directions, last or intermediate track circuit of a route, in the operations of freedom check, route interlocking and running. Practically, the classes of objects are as much as possible “universal” and this fact allows the railway line representation simply “cloning” and linking with dedicated portsets the objects.

2.2 Timetable module

In this module the subnets that manage the train departures according to desired operational timetable are drawn. It is possible to modify the timetable simply changing some parameters in a text file into the simulation environment of Faber©. This opportunity are very useful in the study of perturbed timetable, when, for instance, it is possible to impose on a train a fixed delay and to verify what happens to the global traffic on simulation.

2.3 Movement inspector module

The model is equipped with an automatic overtaking function for different train types. The Movement Inspector module plays the role of manager of this overtaking system, comparing in prearranged line sections the train arriving before with those arriving after. Obeying to a structured priority order, this module commands to the first train a route change with stop in the first available station if the second train has a planned overtaking, but it cannot reach its operational speed due to the line occupation by the first train. The model the can also work in manual mode, i.e. not activating the Movement Inspector Module.

Rescheduling 181

Page 193: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Practically the model is thought like a decision support tool and for this reason the user can freely choose to manage the overtaking system both manually, like often happens in a real Movement Inspector, and automatically with a train category system, so that it is possible to compare real and simulated delays.

2.4 Top level

The Top Level is the place where all the objects designed in the previous modules are stored. In this class there are two types of functions:

• the first is to represent the physical layout of the railway line, with all the elements of the net;

• the second is to draw the different route functions existing along the line and in the stations.

2.5 Used token types

In order to allow the information movement across the model subnets, an important property of Extended Petri nets is used, i.e. a token can be defined like STRUCT variable becoming a real data record. This because in Faber© is possible to insert codes in C or C++ in each transition. This means the possibility to constrain the transition firing to come true of a programmed condition, one between usual types IF-THEN-ELSE, WHILE-DO, CASE-DO or, on the contrary, to perform a particular action, for instance to modify values of STRUCT variable represented by a token located in an input place of a transition when the same transition fires. In the model three types of tokens are represented: TRAIN, MA and NUL. The TRAIN token is used in the subnets of track circuits and switches that simulate the train running; it is a STRUCT variable defined by following simple variables:

• ID_TRAIN, the ID code of train; • CAT, the category of train (high speed, national, regional, freight); • TIME, absolute time of running; • DIR, direction of traffic; • L, length of the block section where is the train; • PROG, progressive kilometre of the line where is the train; • DIST, distance from the next station; • SPEED, current speed of the train; • PR, priority order, binary variable that communicates to the train to give

way to the train after, changing the first possible route and waiting for the next train with the right of way;

• ITINxL, route in x station, left side; • ITINxR, route in x station, right side.

Obviously, the number of simple variables needed to define the TRAIN token increases according to the number of stations increase.

182 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 194: 1845645006Timetable Planning

The MA token, i.e. the Movement Authority, enters in all subnets representing logical functionalities applied on train different from running. Therefore it is in the subnets representing freedom check of a route, route interlocking, release of route-locking, communication with signals, etc. Also MA is a STRUCT variable, defined by the following simple variables:

• ID_TRAIN, the ID code of train; • DIR, direction of traffic; • ITINxL, route in x station, left side; • ITINxR, route in x station, right side.

Therefore, if the number of station increases also increase the simple variables to insert in MA. The last type of token existing in the model is the simple variable NUL, used only to activate some transitions with logical conditions independent from train actions, but necessary for model functioning.

2.6 Model output

The simulation environment has a visual simulator and an output text file. In the simulator it is possible to select every page or subnet and to check the tokens movements and the system evolving through the colours that are set up in phase of net building. In the text file there are the information desired by programmer and in particular the time of simulation, the ID object code, the action and the token. In Figure 2 it is possible to see a simulation window: a station (Torricola) during the running (fuchsia objects) of a train on a locked route (green objects).

Figure 2: Simulation environment and output file.

At the right of the same figure there is the output text file: it reports the actions, in particular freedom check, interlocking, track occupation, running (column 3), of the train number 2381 (column 4) over each object (column 2), and the time of the action (column 1).

3 Model application to railway traffic conflict resolution

In comparison with the past models [1, 2] the subnets of different classes of objects have been modified to be able to interact with the new module Movement Inspector.

Rescheduling 183

Page 195: 1845645006Timetable Planning

To show better the potentiality of this new module as decision support tool for the increase of traffic regularity, some examples of possible applications, with or without the manager of automatic overtaking will be shortly described. Examples and figures concern the first model application on the Roma-Formia, Italian railway line with 10 stations, many hundreds of routes, almost 700 elements between track circuits and switches and with 63 trains running in the morning peak period timetable from 7:00 to 10:00. The line was perfect for model calibration both for high criticality in terms of traffic regularity and because it has some morphological complexities (e.g. two branch single track lines towards Terracina and Nettuno and tracks run in both directions). Moreover, the model was tested on Roma Ostiense, large and complex station with 15 running tracks and a electronic interlocking system (ACC).

3.1 Standard mode

In case of standard mode functioning, the possible traffic and stabling conflicts are solved through a simple ‘first in first out’. This mode may be useful in phase of timetable planning on new line or timetable upgrading on existing line with new traffic demand or to verify circulation criticalities. In fact it is possible to simulate the theoretical operation timetable forcing the trains entrance into the railway line and starting the simulation. Then it is possible the comparison between the output file and the theoretical timetable and to check/correct conflicts or border line situations. The flexibility of the output file makes available any information about logical states of railway elements and trains and allows the data transferring in graphical output and synthetic index usual for railway world (e.g. the representation of the graphical timetable on whole line, with possible warning of conflicts). In figure 3 a portion of a simulated timetable from Roma to Formia is shown. When all the conflicts are detected, ion this mode it is possible to solve them “manually”, i.e. to delay the retarding trains and to run the simulation, with an iterative process that stops itself when ever the timetable perturbation is considered acceptable. This operation is very complex and strongly dependent on “sensitivity” of the movement authority. To decrease the stochastic effects due to human factor, a system of automatic overtaking with criteria defined into the Movement Inspector class of object has been conceived.

3.2 Traffic conflict resolution mode

The problem of traffic conflicts resolution in a generic line can be approached with a fixed goal (e.g. the minimization of mean delay) for the elimination of conflicts in each station of the line. This operation requires the preventive definition of the problem constraints, (e.g. a fixed priority order between different classes of train). The model is very useful because it allows to change constraints and goals, so far an optimized solution is found as a result of many simulation run.

184 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 196: 1845645006Timetable Planning

6.00.00

6.36.00

7.12.00

7.48.00

8.24.00

9.00.00

9.36.00

10.12.00

10.48.00

11.24.00

5,00

010

,000

15,0

0020

,000

25,0

0030

,000

35,0

0040

,000

45,0

0050

,000

55,0

0060

,000

65,0

0070

,000

75,0

0080

,000

85,0

0090

,000

95,0

0010

0,00

010

5,00

011

0,00

011

5,00

012

0,00

012

5,00

0

m

hh.m

m.s

s

1571117192123252729313335414953576163

Figure 3: Part of graphic timetable from simulation results.

Should our goal be the minimization of the delay generated by the conflict between two trains entering the same platform of a station, the model can execute the algorithm in figure 4. This shows the following possible solutions:

• solution 1: the trains do not change their routes, the train B does not delay, the train A is delayed as much as no other trains are delayed;

• solution 2: the trains do not change their routes, the train B does not delay, the train A has the minimum delay and consequently other trains are delayed;

• solution 3: the trains do not change their routes, the train A does not delay, the train B has the minimum delay and consequently other trains are delayed;

• solution 4: the trains do not change their routes, the train A does not delay, the train B is delayed as soon as no other trains are delayed;

• solution 5: the train A changes his platform, the train B does not change his route, the train A is delayed as much as no other trains are delayed;

• solution 6: the train A changes his platform, the train B does not change his route, the train A has the minimum delay and consequently other trains are delayed;

• solution 7: the train B changes his platform, the train A does not change his route, the train B has the minimum delay and consequently other trains are delayed;

• solution 8: the train B changes his platform, the train A does not change his route, the train B delays as much as no other trains are delayed.

3.2.1 Example of automatic overtaking subnet When in the model is active the class Movement Inspector, it manages the automatic system of overtaking.

Rescheduling 185

Page 197: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Platform Change

Solution 1 Other trains delay

Train A delay

Train Aplatform change

Other trains delay

Other trains delay

Solution 2

Other trains delay

Conflict:Train A

vsTrain B

Solution 4

Solution 3

Solution 5 Solution 8

Solution 6 Solution 7

NTrain B delay

Train Bplatform change

Figure 4: Decision making tree for conflict resolution between two trains.

In this module each train is compared with the train running before and after in order to verify if and when an overtaking is necessary. The track circuits corresponding to platforms of stations are linked to Movement Inspector, so that as soon as the TRAIN tokens exit from this track circuit and enter in the next one, they are intercepted and move in a subnet of Movement Inspector, that sorts the different TRAIN tokens in other subnets depending on direction an kilometric progressive of the line.

Figure 5: Part of subnet ‘Overtaking TOR_POM’ of class Movement Inspector.

186 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 198: 1845645006Timetable Planning

These subnets, similar to that shown in figure 7, perform the comparison between trains. In particular the net in figure 7 manages all the train running between two stations (Torricola and Pomezia) in a direction (towards Formia). The TRAIN token intercepted in line arrives in the common place TOR_POM. In the TRENO_AVANTI02A place is the TRAIN token corresponding to the train ahead. At this point the three transitions make the comparison according to the following criteria:

a. the transition NO_PREC02A fires if the train behind has not right of way; this event happens if the train ahead is of higher category, if it run with a higher average speed, or if it is going to run in the next station a secondary route, different from the main line;

b. the transition NO_RAGG02A fires if, also with right of way, the train behind does not reach the train ahead before the next station;

c. the transition PRECEDENZA02A fires if the train ahead has a right of way and is fast enough to reach it before the next station.

The reaching condition of the train ahead by train behind is the following:

−×+<

bffb vv

dtt 11 ,

with tb transit time of the train behind in the interception section, tf transit time of the train ahead, d distance from interception section to the next section, vf average speed of the train forward, vb average speed of the train behind. The firing of one of the three transitions causes in the TRENO_AVANTI02A place the substitution of the TRAIN token with the token TRAIN that before was in the TOR_POM place; this last token is now ready for the comparison with the next train. The transition firing of PRECEDENZA02, like the figure 7 shows, creates also one TRAIN token in the output place of the class Movement Inspector named PRIORITY_TOR_POM. This token represents the train behind and has a value in the PR variable that means “give overtaking”. The output place is linked on the Top Level to the track circuit located immediately before the next station (in this case Pomezia). In the track circuit the new TRAIN token substitutes the other that arrives from the line running with the order of changing the routes inside the Pomezia station and waiting for the running of the train behind. So the automatic overtaking is carried out. This control mechanism is active on all the stations, in both directions and on two-way operated tracks. A last fundamental consideration is that overtaking criteria above described are ever modifiable; this means creating more scenarios with different automatic overtaking systems and it is possible to choose the better criteria, which minimizes the average delay of the trains or that reaches other goals.

Rescheduling 187

Page 199: 1845645006Timetable Planning

4 Conclusion

The proposed model can be applied in the studies of railway traffic regularity, for example comparing real measured delays with those simulated by the model in the same traffic conditions and finding the causes of specific criticalities. The flexibility of outputs file allows the detailed analysis of each element of the line, so that it is possible to have an exhaustive framework of traffic problems depending on railway infrastructure. Moreover the model can be effectiveness used as decision support tool both in phase of planning of new line with new operation timetable and in phase of improvement of existing lines with changed traffic conditions. Finally the main model application with an automatic overtaking system is the support to traffic management decisions finalised to minimise the delays. In fact, using more criteria for setting up the system, in case of delays of each train it is possible to define a decisional tree to limit the perturbation on whole traffic. The proposed model has been applied on the test line Roma-Formia. The goal is to describe a decision procedure that, depending on delay of each train in each station, allows an optimised traffic management.

References

[1] Ricci, S., Tieri, A., Railway traffic regularity monitoring and forecasting: the use of the Petri Nets models, Proc. of the 6th Symposium, 2007 FORMS/FORMAT 2007 – Braunschweig, 118–128.

[2] Impastato S., Ricci, S., Tieri, A., Monitoring and forecasting of railway traffic regularity by a Petri nets model, Proc. of the 4th Conference Challenges in Transport and Communication – Pardubice, 57–63, 2006.

[3] Malavasi, G., Raponi, P., Ricci, S., Spellucci, C., Simulation of a complex railway station with a Petri Nets based interlocking model, Proc. of the Workshop on software specification of safety relevant transportation control tasks – Braunschweig, 11–22, 2002.

[4] Malavasi, G., Ricci, S., Railway Traffic Simulation by means of a Petri Net model. Computers in Railways VIII, WIT Press, Southampton, 407–415, 2002.

188 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 200: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Comparing the effectiveness of two real-timetrain rescheduling systems in the case ofperturbed traffic conditions

S. Wegele1, F. Corman2 & A. D’Ariano2,3

1 Institute for Traffic Safety and Automation Engineering,Technical University of Braunschweig, Germany2 Transport and Planning, Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands3 Informatica e Automazione, Universita degli Studi Roma Tre, Italy

Abstract

Rescheduling train traffic in a busy and complex railway area is a challenging task,partly because of the high number of constraints to be taken into account, andpartly because of the many variables involved. Currently this task is performedalmost exclusively by human traffic operators. Previous attempts to provide anautomated decision support system have been limited to identifying and solvingtrain conflicts locally. Recently, innovative dispatching support tools have beenpresented that are able to cope with large (real-time) timetable perturbations, suchas train delays and their propagation. However, there is a lack of computationalstudies that underline their additional practical value. This paper compares twoadvanced support systems for real-time rescheduling of train operations, devel-oped for the German and Dutch railway networks. The research aim is to estab-lish a bench mark for future co-operation and exchange of innovative solutions. Acommon test case from the Dutch railway network, the dispatching area betweenUtrecht and Den Bosch, and disturbed traffic conditions are studied to evaluatethe two dispatching support tools in terms of delay minimization. Since thesetools make use of different mathematical optimization techniques for the compu-tation of running times and train sequences, a detailed comparison of the proposedrescheduling solutions is provided. The use of railway capacity is illustrated inorder to enable an easy and fast detection of the train conflicts and to get preciseinformation about their resolution by the different rescheduling techniques.Keywords: decision support, computer techniques, dynamic train regulations.

Rescheduling 189

Page 201: 1845645006Timetable Planning

1 Introduction

Railway traffic is currently operated according to a timetable designed months inadvance. However, during operations unforeseen events generate conflicts or evendeadlocks in the network and rescheduling is therefore needed to obtain feasibilityand to minimize the propagation of delays. To cope with this problem, dispatchershave to take rescheduling decisions on the basis of their experience or of predeter-mined rules to manage disturbed traffic situations. As a consequence, reschedulingdecisions may be sub-optimal since there is a lack of information about the impactof these decisions on the future evolution of traffic flow.

Dispatching support tools have been proposed to help dispatchers in performingtheir task more effectively. Such tools perform a thorough search in the space ofsolutions, analyzing the effects of multiple rescheduling decisions and computingfeasible solutions (i.e., conflict-free and deadlock-free schedules) in a short time.

This paper presents a comparative study to assess the effectiveness of two deci-sion support tools for optimal rescheduling of train operations, developed for theDutch and German railway networks (see respectively D’Ariano [1] and Wegeleet al. [2]). A comparison between the tools is achieved thanks to the availabilityof railway instances in digital format in order to establish a bench mark for futureco-operation and exchange of innovative solutions.

The paper is organized as follows. Section 2 describes briefly the two dispatch-ing support tools, identifying similarities and differences. Section 3 presents thecomputational experiments on a common test case, a Dutch railway dispatchingarea, for small delay situations. The results obtained by the two tools are com-pared in terms of delay minimization. Section 4 then gives conclusions on theperformance comparison between the two tools.

2 Dispatching support tools

Existing support tools for real-time train rescheduling can be characterized by thegeneral architecture shown in Figure 1. Reliable and accurate data about the posi-tions and speeds of the trains running in the studied area, as well as the infrastruc-ture status and deviations from the timetable, are used in order to evaluate a numberof scheduling options, that comply with the constraints of safety system and thecurrent dynamics of trains. The best solution found is reported to the dispatcherfor approval and practical implementation.

The dispatching task is based on the following rescheduling techniques: adjust-ing the running time of trains in open track corridors (re-timing), changing thetrain sequences at merging and crossing points (re-ordering), modifying the trainroutes (re-routing) or even cancelling train services in case of large delays.

The schedule re-optimization makes use of the above rescheduling techniquesand considers usually an explicit objective function, such as the minimization of aweighted sum of delays or other functions based on train priorities. In the currentdispatching practice, straightforward rules like first-come-first-served are adoptedsince these are simple to be implemented while in the related literature advanced

190 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 202: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 1: Architecture of a general dispatching support tool.

heuristics and metaheuristics have been developed with more promising results.However, advanced algorithms still have to be implemented in a dispatching sup-port tool connected with actual track occupation and release data in order to auto-matically detect delays, headway and route conflicts.

The precise computation of train dynamics, needed to forecast the traffic flowin the network, can be performed by different degrees of accuracy, for instanceby solving the motion differential equation or using approximated expressions.Note that safety systems and operating rules may vary greatly from one country toanother, influencing the way traffic flow is managed.

We next describe briefly the Dutch tool ROMA and the German tool GADis.

2.1 ROMA system

The ROMA (Railway Optimization by Means of Alternative graphs) system [1]is a laboratory dispatching support tool that integrates advanced OR techniques tosolve global conflict detection and resolution problems with a precise modeling ofthe train dynamics and coordination of train speeds (see Figure 2).

In the ROMA system, the train traffic flow is modeled as a job shop schedulingproblem and represented by means of alternative graphs. Innovative train schedul-ing and rerouting algorithms have been developed for the resolution of complexglobal conflict detection and resolution problems. In this paper, we make use ofa state-of-the-art branch and bound algorithm which includes static and dynamicimplication rules enabling to speed up the computation, advanced initial heuristics,empirical branching rules and a fast and tight lower bound [3].

Rescheduling 191

Page 203: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 2: Core structure of the ROMA system.

After a feasible (optimal) schedule has been computed by the branch and boundalgorithm, a train speed coordination procedure based on blocking time theory(see e.g. Hansen and Pachl [4]) checks whether the minimum required headwaydistance between consecutive trains is respected. Otherwise, the train dynamics areprecisely re-computed by means of acceleration and braking tables and accordingto the Dutch signaling system NS54 and the ATB train protection system [5].

2.2 GADis system

The GADis (Genetic Algorithm Dispatching) system [6] bases the optimization ofrescheduling decisions on the following hybrid optimization method. Trains areinserted one by one and the resulting decision tree of train sequences and routesis explored by a branch and bound search. The resulting solution quality dependson the insertion order of trains and the penalty estimation function used during thesearch. After inserting all trains, a local optimal solution is obtained. The insertionorder of trains and the penalty estimation function are then varied by evolutionarygenetic algorithms in order to get another local optimum, which may eventuallybe better than the already calculated one (see Figure 3).

To enable the GADis system to simulate a Dutch network, the infrastructure hadto be translated into the RailML-based format. Since the cab signalling and trainprotection system has implemented the default German PZB90 (PunktformigeZugbeeinflussung, point-wise train protection) system combined with the LZB(Linienzugbeeinflussung, continuous train control) system, the block sections ofthe Dutch ATB (Automatische Treinbeinvloeding, automatic train protection) sys-tem were too short for PZB90 distant signals. The ATB system had therefore tobe converted into the LZB system and the position of signals has been modifiedaccordingly, i.e., each block section is around one km long.

2.3 Overview of the main differences between the two tools

Figure 4 gives a schematic description of some important features characterizingthe two dispatching support tools presented in this paper.

ROMA is applied to the Dutch three-aspect fixed block signaling system. Ifthe minimum required headway distance between two consecutive trains is not

192 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 204: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 3: Core structure of the GADis system.

Figure 4: Comparing features of the two dispatching support tools.

respected, the following train encounters a yellow or even red signal aspect and hasto start deceleration until its speed is reduced to 40 km/h or 0 km/h respectively.Nevertheless, if the block section ahead becomes available, the signal is clearedand the following train may re-accelerate.

In the current implementation of GADis, the signaling and train protection sys-tems are simplified as follows. Each train checks the aspect of the current signalat the beginning of the braking curve; if the next signal aspect is red, the train willstop. In other words, a train is committed to stop whenever its distance from ared signal aspect is equal to the actual braking distance. Due to this assumption,the train performs a stop and re-acceleration from standstill even if the red signalaspect is cleared during braking. As a result of the different modeling of the traindynamics in case of varying signaling aspect, GADis enables the trains to use therailway infrastructure capacity more generously, especially at short block sections.

Rescheduling 193

Page 205: 1845645006Timetable Planning

3 Experimental results

This section presents a common test case from a complex dispatching area in theNetherlands. For given traffic conditions, the two dispatching support tools arecompared in terms of train dynamics and train rescheduling solutions. The use ofrailway capacity is also illustrated in order to enable an easy and fast detection oftrain conflicts and to get precise information about their resolution by the differentrescheduling techniques.

3.1 Test case description

The GADis and ROMA systems were tested on the Dutch dispatching area betweenUtrecht and Den Bosch. The network consists of a corridor around 50 km long withtwo main tracks, seven passenger stations, a dedicated stop for freight trains andseveral merging and crossing points along the network. Figure 5 shows a schemeof the dispatching area, where the station of Utrecht is just out of the left border,the Geldermalsen station is roughly in the middle of the area and the Den Boschstation is at the right end. A layout, at a similar scale, will also be adopted for theblocking time plots presented in this section.

Figure 5: Dispatching area between Utrecht (left side) and Den Bosch (right side).

The computational experiments were made on the basis of a cyclic timetable foryear 2007, that is characterized by heterogeneous traffic (intercity trains and localtrain services) and includes freight trains directed to Germany. In peak hours, 26trains are scheduled in Geldermalsen and up to 40 trains in Den Bosch.

The timetable includes recovery times and buffer times between the train routes.Recovery times can be utilized to recover from delays by running at maximumspeed and shorten the scheduled train stops to a minimum dwell time. Buffer timesprevent or reduce the delay propagation to other trains.

3.2 Comparison of train dynamics

Since the two dispatching support tools compute the train dynamics with a dif-ferent degree of approximation and use different signaling and train protectionsystems, we first compare the simulated schedules obtained in absence of delays.

Figure 6 shows the blocking time plots by the two tools for the scheduled trainsequence in the timetable. For both tools, the (total) travel time of all trains withinthe studied area is around 33000 seconds. In the unperturbed situation, ROMA hasfound no output delay. On the other hand, GADis reports headway conflicts. In the

194 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 206: 1845645006Timetable Planning

latter case, dispatching trains according to the timetable results in 68 seconds oftotal output delay. These are due to the shorter block signal spacing assumed andthe automated booking of some train routes induced by LZB system.

Figure 6: Timetable solution computed by the two dispatching support tools (uppergraph: GADis, lower graph: ROMA).

We now consider a timetable perturbation generated by postponing the entranceof two trains in the network. For the given delay scenario, we compute a feasibleschedule by each dispatching support tool by scheduling trains according to thesequence fixed in the timetable. In the blocking time plots of Figure 7, each of thetwo postponed trains, indicated as 2 and 4, has got an input delay of 600 secondsand causes a domino effect of delay propagation in the network. In fact, two trains,called 1 and 3, are more affected by trains 2 and 4. For those four trains, thescheduled train sequence is 2-4-3-1.

If the train sequence is fixed as in the timetable, in the ROMA solution the totaltravel time is 35810 seconds, the number of disturbed trains is 11 and the total out-put delay is around 3000 seconds. GADis presents a different situation with 36030seconds of total travel time, 9 disturbed trains and around 3700 seconds of total

Rescheduling 195

Page 207: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 7: Timetable sequence (no reordering of trains) for the given delay scenario(upper graph: GADis, lower graph: ROMA).

output delay. The larger number of delays is again explained by the different sig-naling and train protection systems and computation of train dynamics, resultingin an unequal use of railway infrastructure capacity.

3.3 Comparison of train rescheduling solutions

The delay scenario introduced in the previous subsection has been used as an inputto find an optimized solution by both dispatching support tools. A comparisonbetween the rescheduling solutions is proposed in this subsection.

Figure 8 shows the rescheduling solution found by each dispatching support toolusing its corresponding optimization algorithms and refers to the four most delayedtrains. Specifically, GADis proposes the train sequence 3-2-4-1 and a total traveltime of 34070 seconds, while ROMA suggests 3-1-2-4 and a total travel time of34370 seconds. In terms of total output delays, GADis generates 1250 seconds andROMA only 1010 seconds. From the obtained values, it is interesting to comparethe travel time against the output delays. Since ROMA is able to use the recoverytimes more effectively, its rescheduling solution exhibits less output delays but

196 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 208: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 8: Solution of the rescheduling algorithms for the proposed delay scenario(upper graph: GADis, lower graph: ROMA).

larger travel times than GADis. In general, both tools improved significantly thesolution obtained in the previous subsection.

The GADis solution contains the following differences compared to the trainorders fixed in the timetable. Trains 2 and 4 are now scheduled after train 3 andbefore train 1, even if the latter train has to stop repeatedly due to headway conflictsto preceding trains. This effect is more evident in Den Bosch (right side of Figure8, upper graph) that is a rather complicated and densely occupied area.

ROMA also changes the train sequence compared to the timetable. The blockingtime graphs of trains 2 and 4 are shifted after those of trains 3 and 1 so that thedelay propagation is minimized. In fact, the total output delay is even less than thesum of the input delays of trains 2 and 4. The existing network capacity reserve isthus exploited by ROMA such that the overall traffic flow remains stable.

Rescheduling 197

Page 209: 1845645006Timetable Planning

4 Conclusions

Two existing dispatching support tools have been tested on a real-world case studyfrom the Dutch railway network. The dispatching solutions obtained by the twotools and their rescheduling algorithms have been compared in terms of detailedblocking time plots, output delays and travel time spent. The solutions present adifferent computation of train dynamics even for unperturbed traffic conditionsbecause of different modeling of the signaling and train protection systems.

A more balanced comparison of the performance of the two dispatching supporttools can be achieved if the tools adopt the signaling and train protection systemswith short headways between trains, especially in the neighborhood of stations.

Despite the above limitations, demanding convertible infrastructure and digi-tal timetable and rolling stock data should be enforced since this would providea common setup for the evaluation of advanced rescheduling algorithms. To thisend, international standard platforms, such as RailML, should be used to stimu-late transferability of scheduling and dispatching support tools between differentrailway networks and countries.

Acknowledgements

This work has been partially funded by the Dutch government, program TRAN-SUMO “Reliability of transport chains”, the Dutch foundation “Next GenerationInfrastructures”, and the Italian Ministry of Research, Grant number RBIP06BZW8,project FIRB “Advanced tracking system in intermodal freight transportation”.

References

[1] D’Ariano, A., Improving Real-Time Train Dispatching: Models, Algorithmsand Applications. TRAIL Thesis Series T2008/6, The Netherlands, 2008.

[2] Wegele, S., Slovak, R. & Schnieder, E., Real-time decision support for opti-mal dispatching of train operation. In: CD-ROM Proceedings of the 2ndInternational Seminar on Railway Operations Modelling and Analysis, Han-nover, Germany, 2007.

[3] D’Ariano, A., Pacciarelli, D. & Pranzo, M., A branch and bound algorithmfor scheduling trains on a railway network, European Journal of OperationalResearch, 183(2), pp. 643-657, 2007.

[4] Hansen, I.A. & Pachl, J., Railway timetable and traffic: Analysis, Modellingand Simulation, Eurail Press, Germany, 2008.

[5] D’Ariano, A., Pranzo, M. & Hansen, I.A., Conflict resolution and train speedco-ordination for solving real-time timetable perturbations, IEEE Transac-tions on Intelligent Transportation Systems, 8(2), pp. 208-222, 2007.

[6] Wegele, S., Slovak, R. & E. Schnieder, E., Automatic dispatching of trainoperations using a hybrid optimisation method. In: CD-ROM Proceedings ofthe 8th World Congress on Railway Research, Seoul, Korea, 2008.

198 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 210: 1845645006Timetable Planning

A novel train rescheduling algorithm for correcting disrupted train operations in a dense urban environment

K. Kumazawa, K. Hara & T. Koseki Department of Electrical Engineering, Graduate School of Engineering, The University of Tokyo, Japan

Abstract

Train rescheduling during disrupted service is a substantially significant task for urban railway operators. This task typically depends on the experiences and personal decisions of the professional operators. The operators use neither systematic methodologies for modifying train schedules nor quantitative criteria for measuring the quality of the rescheduled plans. Thus, operators have requested assistance in the form of a computer-aided train-rescheduling program. The authors have created a computer-aided train rescheduling system that seeks to minimize passenger inconvenience. The rescheduling algorithm calculates a value for the amount of inconvenience experienced by the passenger. In addition to a conventional passenger flow analysis, the authors’ algorithm considers passenger overflow, which is defined as waiting time experienced by a passenger while queuing on a platform. The proposed rescheduling method also introduces the idea that the time required to create, broadcast, and implement a new plan of train operation is itself a delay which must be accounted for in order to render a realistic passenger flow analysis during disordered operation. The causality of train system events after the initial event that caused the disruption of service is discussed for a realistic analysis of passenger flow. Keywords: train rescheduling, assistance system, evaluation.

1 Introduction

The rescheduling of train operations is often needed when a train operation is disordered by various malfunctions or accidents. The main tasks are presently

Rescheduling 199

Page 211: 1845645006Timetable Planning

undertaken by train dispatchers using their experience and intuition. It is very difficult, since there are many factors to be considered such as the location of trains and rolling stock, tracks and train layout, the location of drivers, passengers’ demands, and so on. Corresponding to a high-speed and high-density train operation, dispatchers have requested an assistance system in order to reschedule train operation plans quickly and precisely. The authors proposed a method to rate train operation plans quantitatively from the passengers’ point of view. Based on this, the authors formulate an assistance system that chooses an appropriate method to modify a train schedule (Nagasaki et al. [1]). In this paper, the authors propose a causality-based passenger flow estimation algorithm that reflects the altered behaviours of passengers during disrupted train operation. The passenger flow estimation algorithm calculates a value for the amount of inconvenience experienced by the passenger. In addition to a conventional passenger flow analysis, the authors’ algorithm considers passenger overflow, which is defined as the waiting time experienced by a passenger while queuing on a platform. Rescheduling train operation plans were assumed to be instantaneously made in a conventional model at the accident time. In fact, it takes time to make rescheduling train operation plans. In this paper, the authors propose a new passenger flow estimation method to obtain a realistic evaluation contents. This method also considers the time required to generate train rescheduling plans.

2 Composition of train rescheduling system

This computer-aided train rescheduling system makes a rescheduling plan based on the information of delay and various restrictions. The system consists of two main parts, one is creating a train plan and the other is evaluating the plan. In the part of creating a train plan, change of train diagram and determination of train arrival and departure are executed. In evaluating the plan, estimation of passengers’ behaviour and calculation of evaluation indices are carried out. The train rescheduling plan is made by repeating process of adoption judgment of a new modification based on the evaluation indices. And the train rescheduling plan is presented to the train dispatchers. Figure 1 shows a composition of the computer-aided train rescheduling system.

3 Creation of train operation plan

Creating train operation plan in the system consists of application part of train rescheduling methods and decision part of arrival or departure time by simulating train operation.

3.1 Constrains for train operation

There are various constrains for train operation. In the train operation simulation, it is necessary to decide arrival or departure times that fulfil all severe conditions.

200 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 212: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 1: A composition of the computer-aided train rescheduling system.

The authors use graph structure to represent train operation. Nodes express departure and arrival of trains at each station. Links represent running and stopping of train, and constraints as follows.

3.1.1 Regular arrival or departure time The arrival or departure time of each train in each station is provided beforehand. This schedule is a regular schedule. A train must not run earlier than a regular schedule.

3.1.2 Regular running time To run between stations, a train requires longer time than regularly defined by the type of rolling stock, number of cars, stop or pass of stations, and so on.

3.1.3 Regular stopping time A train stops at the station longer than the defined time. If the train does not stop at the station, the weight of the link equals to 0.

3.1.4 Conflicting routes at a station A certain interval is required between trains whose routes conflict at a station or a yard. The weight of the link is time interval between departures and arrivals.

3.1.5 Blockages between stations Trains more than defined number cannot run at the same time between stations.

3.2 Simulation of train operation

By finding the longest path to each node from the node expressing time origin, it is possible to obtain departure or arrival time of each train at each station as the length of the path. Also critical constraints in operating trains expressed by links framing the longest paths can be consequently obtained.

Accept?

Train rescheduling methods are applied

Arrival and departure time

Simulation of train operation

Number of passenger

Passenger’ s loss calculation

Information about delay

Creating a train plan

Evaluating the plan

NoProposing todispatcherYes

Simulation of passenger flow

Rescheduling 201

Page 213: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 2: An example of a graph representing train operation.

The authors use PERT (Program Evaluation and Review Technique) for the longest path search (Abe and Araya [2]). It is necessary to change the information on nodes or links appropriately to express the application of train rescheduling techniques. Figure 2 shows an example of a graph representing train operation.

4 Evaluation of train operation plan

The total time of all trains’ delay has been used for the evaluation of the train rescheduling plan in practical use. Because the delay is vanished when all delayed trains are suspension of service, it is evaluated as a good train rescheduling plan in this criterion. However, the passenger overflow on the platform actually, it is clear that this rescheduling plan is not good. In order to avoid such stupid results, the authors has proposed a method to rate train operation plans quantitatively from passengers’ point of view. This section describes how to estimate passenger flow and evaluation indices.

4.1 Simulation of passenger flow

The authors use graph and the shortest path search to decide lines and trains each passenger selects based on the models of passengers’ behaviour. A node of a graph for calculating passenger flow expresses departure or arrival of a train at a station. A link describes potential passenger flow between departure and arrival. Figure 3 shows an example of a graph representing passenger flow.

4.2 Graph for evaluating train operation plan from the passenger’s point of view

The authors defined a criterion for passengers’ loss considering the following three evaluation indices, travelling time, burden of transfer, and congestion. These indices are calculated by using the result of simulation of passenger flow.

St.A Dep

St.B Arr

St.B Dep

St.C Arr

St.C Dep

St.D Dep

St.D Arr

St.E Arr

Order of trains

BlockageConfliction of routes

Local Express Local

Regular running time

Regular stopping time

St.A Dep

St.B Arr

St.B Dep

St.C Arr

St.C Dep

St.D Dep

St.D Arr

St.E Arr

Order of trains

BlockageConfliction of routes

Local Express Local

Regular running time

Regular stopping time

202 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 214: 1845645006Timetable Planning

St.A Dep

St.B Arr

St.B Dep

St.C Arr

St.C Dep

St.D Dep

St.D Arr

St.E Arr

Local Express Local

Transfer

Boarding

Stop

St.A Dep

St.B Arr

St.B Dep

St.C Arr

St.C Dep

St.D Dep

St.D Arr

St.E Arr

Local Express Local

Transfer

Boarding

Stop

Figure 3: An example of a graph representing passenger flow.

4.2.1 Travelling time The most significant factor for passengers to evaluate train operation is amount of time required from the starting station to the destination. Travelling time is defined as follows.

∑=

=N

iitL

11 (1)

where N is the number of passenger, ti is passenger i’s travelling time.

4.2.2 Transfers Transfer not only takes time but also imposes burden such as going upstairs. These burdens are calculated as passengers’ loss in addition to the real time for transfer.

∑∑= =

=N

i

M

jij

i

rL1 1

2 (2)

where Mi is the number of transfers passenger i needs, rij is time equivalent to the burden of passenger i’s j-th transfer.

4.2.3 Congestion Congestion of trains is also evaluated as loss because passengers in a congested train feel discomfort. Congestion loss is defined as follows.

ksks

n

k

S

s ks

ksc tq

cq

fLk

∑∑−

= =

=

1

1 13 (3)

where n is the number of stations, Sk is the number of trains which arrive at station k. qks, tks, and cks are the number of passenger in the train, the time required, and the capacity of the train between k-th and k+1-th stations respectively. fc is a nonlinear function to convert passengers’ discomfort in the congested train into equivalent time, as shown in Figure 4 (Mitani et al. [3]).

Rescheduling 203

Page 215: 1845645006Timetable Planning

0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0 50 100 150 200 250

Congestion rate [%]

Con

gest

ion

cost

per

min

ute

Figure 4: Relationship between congestion rate and congestion cost per minute.

The evaluation criterion of a train operation is the sum of above-mentioned three types of loss.

321 LLLL ++= (4)

5 Passenger overflow caused by congestion

In the preceding study (Hara et al. [4]), passenger over flow by congestion was not considered. Therefore passengers could get on more than capacity of the train. This caused violence of causality. The passengers’ behaviour was not correctly estimated and evaluation criteria could not be accurately calculated. In this section, the authors model the process of passenger over flow by congestion.

5.1 Model of passenger overflow

Passenger overflow happens when there are more people on a platform waiting for a train than the rest capacity of next arriving train. For simplicity, the authors assume that all of the passengers on the platform are waiting in one line. This simplification is important for calculating the point in time ta when the number of waiting passengers exceeds the rest capacity of a next train. The point in time tb when overflow occurs is determined by summation of the number of passengers arriving at a station after the preceding train has left the station. The number of passengers getting off and changing trains is added to this number of waiting passenger. The ratio of passengers able to successfully get on next train versus total passengers arriving at stations is assumed to be constant for each Origin-Destination pair. Passengers arriving at the station after the threshold for overflow point has been reach cannot get on the train they initially planed to board. These passengers must change their travel plans after the next train leaves the station. Figure 5 shows an example of a model of passenger overflow.

204 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 216: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 5: Model of passenger overflow.

5.2 Effect of passenger overflow caused by congestion

The authors have applied the proposed method to the diagram shown in Figure 6 in order to verify the effect. The capacity of each train is 800 people. Before the application of proposed method, there is the point where the number of the passengers exceeds the capacity of the train. This is not realistic. Applying the model of Figure 5, 70 passengers cannot take the train. These passengers take the next train. Figure 6 (b) is an application result of proposed method. Figure 7 shows passengers’ loss. Passenger overflow ultimately results in the numerical increase of passenger penalty function, as well increasing the individual passenger waiting time and inconvenience. This depends on the following reason, which passengers arriving at the station after the threshold for overflow has been reach cannot get on the train they initially planed to board. In detail, these passengers must adjust their travel plans after the next train leaves the station. So it takes more time to head for their destination. However, resolving some passenger overflow reduces the total passengers’ loss. The congestion penalty in heavily loaded trains decreases drastically.

6 Modelling of time necessary for planning and plan execution

The authors proposed a method to rate train operation plans quantitatively from the passengers’ point of view. Based on it, the authors formulated an assistance system that chooses an appropriate method to modify a train schedule. However, rescheduling train operation plans were assumed to be instantaneously made in a conventional model at accident time (Hara et al. [4]). In fact, it takes considerable time to make rescheduling train operation plans. In this section, the authors propose a new passenger flow estimation method to obtain a realistic evaluation index. This method considers also the time required to generate train rescheduling plans.

Express 1 Express 2Local 1

Passenger overflowN

umbe

r of p

asse

nger

time

Waiting for Express 2

Transfer passenger from Local 1

Waiting for Express 2

tatbExpress 1 Express 2Local 1

Passenger overflow

time

Waiting for Express 2

Transfer passenger from Local 1

Waiting for Express 2

tatb

Rescheduling 205

Page 217: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Figure 6: The proposed method applied to a diagram.

Figure 7: Comparison of passengers’ loss.

6.1 Modelling of time for planning and plan execution

One needs a certain amount of time for planning and executing a new train schedule; it is impossible to realize a final rescheduling plan immediately after an operation disturbance. In order to take this planning time into consideration, the rescheduling algorithm is duelled into two instances beginning at two different points in time: the time when train service is initially disrupted and the

60

10

60

10

(a) Passenger overflow (b) Apply this method

1.00E+07

1.05E+07

1.10E+07

1.15E+07

1.20E+07

1.25E+07

Regular schedule Not considered passengeroverflow

Proposed method

Travelling time Congestion Transfers

206 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 218: 1845645006Timetable Planning

time when the final rescheduling plan is started. A temporary train operation is inserted between the two times. This modification allows investigation of the effects of the time required for preparing the rescheduled plans. Figure 8 shows an example of a model of this method.

Figure 8: An example of a model of this method.

Figure 9: The proposed method applied to the diagram.

6.2 Effect of special consideration given to the necessary for planning and its execution

The authors have applied the proposed method to the diagram shown in Figure 9 in order to verify the effect. Operation suspension is done in a frame black in Figure 9. The time required to generate a train rescheduling plan can be expressible while operation suspension is done. By operation suspension being done, it turns out that passenger’s loss increases. This depends on passenger’s

St.A

St.B

St.C

St.D

St.E

St.F

Regularschedule

Operationsuspension

Trainrescheduling plan

Start of reschedule plan

Operation suspension

Rescheduling 207

Page 219: 1845645006Timetable Planning

travelling time increasing. So this modification allows for the investigation of the effects of the time required for preparing the rescheduled plans.

7 Conclusion

Under a condition of rescheduling train operation plans were assumed to be instantaneously made in a conventional model at accident time (Hara et al. [4]), passenger overflow ultimately results in the numerical increase of passenger penalty function, as well increasing the individual passenger waiting time and inconvenience. However, in conjunction with the rest of the rescheduling system, allowing some passenger overflow reduces the total passenger penalty, including the congestion penalty, by decreasing congestion in heavily loaded trains. In order to take this planning time into consideration, the rescheduling algorithm is duelled into two instances beginning at two different points in time. The two times are the time when train service is initially disrupted and the time when the final rescheduling plan is started. In this algorithm, it is not considered passenger overflow. The authors assert that their modification results in a more realistic evaluation of the passenger flow. However, it turns out that passengers’ loss increases by passengers’ travelling time increasing. So it is necessary to improve the temporary train.

References

[1] Nagasaki, Y., Eguchi, M. & Koseki, T., Automatic Generation and Evaluation of Urban Railway Rescheduling Plan. Proc. of Int. Symp. on Speed-up and Service Technology for Railway and Maglev Systems STECH ’03, Japan, 2003.

[2] Abe, K. & Araya, S., Train Traffic Simulation using the Longest Path Method. Information Processing Society Journal, 1987 (in Japanese).

[3] Mitani, K., Ieda, H. & Hatanaka, H., Evaluating Method of Congestion Cost by the Model of Passenger’s Boarding Behavior. Infrastructure Planning Review (in Japanese), no. 5, pp. 139–146, 1987.

[4] Hara, K., Kumazawa, K. & Koseki, T., Causality-based Passenger Flow Estimation in Irregular Train Operation for a Computer-aided Train Rescheduling System. Scheduling Symposium, pp.185–190, 2007 (in Japanese).

208 Timetable Planning and Information Quality

Page 220: 1845645006Timetable Planning

Author Index

Abril M. ..................................... 49 Albrecht C. ................................. 11 Albrecht T. ............................... 147 Armstrong J. ............................ 137 Barber F. .................................... 49 Bouch C. .................................. 137 Buchmueller S. ........................ 105 Corman F. ................................ 189 D’Ariano A. ..................... 147, 189 de Fabris S. .............................. 125 Demitz J. .................................... 11 Fujimori A. .............................. 157 Gille A. ...................................... 73 Goodman C. J. ......................... 137 Goverde R. M. P. ....................... 95 Hansen I. A. ......................... 35, 95 Hara K. ..................................... 199 Hirai C. .................................... 157 Hübschen C. ............................... 11 Huerlimann D. ............................. 3 Ingolotti L. ................................. 49 Katsuta K. .................................. 25 Klemenz M. ......................... 59, 73 Kondou S. ................................ 157 Koseki T. ................................. 199 Krauss V. P. ................................. 3 Kumazawa K. .......................... 199 Landex A. .................................. 85 Lindfeldt O. ............................. 115

Longo G. .................................. 125 Lova A. ...................................... 49 Medeossi G. ............................. 125 Nash A. ................................ 3, 105 Nielsen O. A. ............................. 85 Oguma K. .................................. 25 Preston J. .................................. 137 Radtke A. ................................... 59 Ricci S. .................................... 179 Rodriguez J. ............................. 169 Salido M. A. .............................. 49 Schuette J. .................................... 3 Siefer Th. ................................... 73 Sone S. ..................................... 137 Takagi R. ................................. 137 Takano T. ................................... 25 Tashiro Y. ................................ 157 Tieri A. .................................... 179 Tomii N. .................................. 157 Tormos P. .................................. 49 Uemura T. .................................. 25 Watanabe D. .............................. 25 Wegele S. ................................. 189 Weidmann U. ........................... 105 Weston P. F. ............................ 137 Yuan J. ....................................... 95

Timetable Planning and Information Quality 209

Page 221: 1845645006Timetable Planning

This page intentionally left blank

Page 222: 1845645006Timetable Planning

...for scientists by scientists

WITPressAshurst Lodge, Ashurst, Southampton,SO40 7AA, UK.Tel: 44 (0) 238 029 3223Fax: 44 (0) 238 029 2853E-Mail: [email protected]

Urban Transport XVUrban Transport and the Environmentin the 21st Century

The continuing requirement for better urbantransport systems in general and the needfor a healthier environment has led to anincreased level of research around the world.This is reflected in the proceedings of thiswell-established meeting which demonstratesthe steady growth and research into urbantransport systems. The variety of topicscovered by the conference are of primaryimportance for analysing the complexinteraction of the urban transportenvironment and for establishing actionstrategies for transport and traffic problems.The fifteenth conference topics are: UrbanTransport, Planning and Management;Transportation Demand Analysis; IntelligentTransport Systems; Land Use and TransportIntegration; Air and Noise Pollution;Environmental and Ecological Aspects;Traffic Integration and Control; TransportModelling and Simulation; Safety andSecurity; PublicTransport Systems.

WIT Transactions on The BuiltEnvironment, Vol 107ISBN: 978-1-84564-190-0eISBN: 978-1-84564-367-6Published 2009 672pp£255.00/US$510.00/€357.00

Power Supply, EnergyManagement and CatenaryProblems

In latter years, energy efficiency has becomea crucial concern for every transportationmode, but it is in electrified railways whereenergy savings have shown a bigger potentialdue to (i) regenerative braking, that allowsconverting kinetic energy into electric power,and (ii) vehicle interconnection, that allowsother trains to use regenerated power. Powersupply and energy management will continueto develop in the future.This book gathers under a single coverseveral papers published in the Computeron Railways series (IX, X and XI) and focuseson power supply and energy management.Some of the discussed themes are: modelling,simulation and optimisation of AC and DCinfrastructure, analysis of rolling stockconsumption, and innovative approaches inpower supply operation.This book will be invaluable to managementconsultants, engineers, planners, designers,manufacturers, operators and IT specialistswho need to keep abreast of the latestdevelopments in the field.

ISBN: 978-1-84564-498-7eISBN: 978-1-84564-499-4April 2010 apx 208ppapx £85.00/US$170.00/€114.00

Edited by: C.A. BREBBIA,Wessex Institute of Technology, UK

Edited by: E. PILO,Pontifical Comillas University of Madrid,Spain

All prices correct at time of going to press butsubject to change.

WIT Press books are available through yourbookseller or direct from the publisher.

Page 223: 1845645006Timetable Planning

...for scientists by scientists

Fundamentals of RoadDesignM.K. JHA, Morgan State University,USA and W. KUHN, University of Leipzig,Germany

Currently there is no single textbook thataddresses the fundamental geometricconcepts of urban and rural road design.The traffic behavior has significantlychanged over the last two decades andwarrants newer methods for road design.Unlike the advances made in building, ship,and aircraft design, road design is stillcarried out in a traditional way which ismore than fifty years old.

Starting from the traditional designprocess this book introduces a 3-dimensionalgeometric design process of urban and ruralroad design. It will prove to be a valuabletextbook for undergraduate and graduateuniversity students as well as road planningand design practitioners. Interested readersmay find this book a valuable resource inconjunction with the authors’ recentlypublished book entitled “Intelligent RoadDesign”, which is written at an advancedlevel and addresses intelligent algorithmicapplications in road alignment optimization.

Series: Advances in Transport, Vol 20ISBN: 978-1-84564-097-2Forthcoming apx 350ppapx £120.00/US$240.00/€180.00

Find us athttp://www.witpress.com

Save 10% when you order from our encryptedordering service on the web using your credit

card.

All prices correct at time of going to press butsubject to change.

WIT Press books are available through yourbookseller or direct from the publisher.

WIT eLibraryHome of the Transactions of the WessexInstitute, the WIT electronic-libraryprovides the international scientificcommunity with immediate andpermanent access to individual paperspresented at WIT conferences. Visitors tothe WIT eLibrary can freely browse andsearch abstracts of all papers in thecollection before progressing to downloadtheir full text.

Visit the WIT eLibrary athttp://library.witpress.com

Hybrid Vehicle PropulsionC.M. JEFFERSON, University of the Westof England, UK and R.H. BARNARD,University of Hertfordshire, UK

In this book, the authors review recentprogress in the development of a range ofhybrid vehicles and describe the results offield trials and operational experience.Numerous tables, graphs and photographsare included together with clear references.

The volume will be of great interest toengineering and technical staff working inthe road and rail vehicle industries, and finalyear undergraduates and postgraduatesstudying mechanical and automotiveengineering.

Series: Advances in Transport, Vol 10ISBN: 1-85312-887-2 2002 176pp£69.00/US$107.00/€103.50

Page 224: 1845645006Timetable Planning

...for scientists by scientists

Find us athttp://www.witpress.com

Save 10% when you order from our encryptedordering service on the web using your credit

card.

Advances in City TransportCase StudiesEdited by: S. BASBAS, Aristotle Universityof Thessaloniki, Greece

Highlighting the highly topical subject oftransport and the environment and theclosely related field of town planning, thisbook contains chapters concerningdevelopments in the transportation systemsof various cities all over the world. Theseinclude Singapore, São Paulo, Santiago,Bilbao, Eindhoven, Adelaide, Bangalore andThessaloniki.

The studies featured will be of interestto postgraduate researchers in transport andthe environment, engineers and plannersworking within transport and environmentministries and local authorities, andconsultants.Series: Advances in Transport, Vol 17ISBN: 1-85312-799-X 2006 208pp£66.00/US$120.00/€99.00

How to Make Two-LaneRural Roads SaferScientific Background and Guide forPractical ApplicationR. LAMM, A. BECK and T. RUSCHER,University of Karlsruhe, Germany,T. MAILAENDER, Mailaender IngenieurConsult GmbH, Germany and S. CAFISOand G. LA CAVA, University of Catania,Italy

In most countries two-lane rural roads makeup about 90 percent of rural networks andaccount for about 60 percent or more ofhighway fatalities worldwide – 500,000people per year. Based on new research andthe demands of many design professionalsthis book provides an understandable

scientific framework for the application ofquantitative safety evaluation processes ontwo-lane rural roads.

The methodology described will supportthe achievement of quantified measures of1) design consistency, 2) operating speedconsistency, and 3) driving dynamicconsistency. All three criteria are evaluatedin three ranges described as “good”, “fair”and “poor”. It has been proved that theresults of these criteria coincide with theactual accident situation prevailing on two-lane rural roads. By using the “good” rangessound alignments in plan and profile, whichmatch the expected driving behaviour ofmotorists, can be achieved.

The safety criteria are then combinedinto an overall safety module for a simplifiedgeneral overview of the safety evaluationprocess. The authors also encourage thecoordination of safety concerns withimportant economic, environmental andaesthetic considerations.

This book will be an invaluable aid toeducators, students, consultants, highwayengineers and administrators, as well asscientists in the fields of highway design andtraffic safety engineering.ISBN: 1-84564-156-6 2006 144pp£48.00/US$85.00/€72.00

Page 225: 1845645006Timetable Planning

...for scientists by scientists

Innovations in FreightTransportEditors: E. TANIGUCHI, KyotoUniversity, Japan and R.G. THOMPSON,University of Melbourne, AustraliaHighlighting new ideas and best practice, thisbook examines innovations in modernfreight transport systems.Partial Contents: Intelligent TransportSystems; Vehicle Routing and Scheduling;Logistics Terminals; Intermodal FreightTransport; Underground Freight TransportSystems; E-Commerce and theConsequences for Freight Transport; FuturePerspectives.

Series: Advances in Transport, Vol 11ISBN: 1-85312-894-5 2002 216pp£76.00/US$118.00/€114.00

We are now able to supply you with details of newWIT Press titles via

E-Mail. To subscribe to this free service, or forinformation on any of our titles, please contactthe Marketing Department, WIT Press, AshurstLodge, Ashurst, Southampton, SO40 7AA, UK

Tel: +44 (0) 238 029 3223Fax: +44 (0) 238 029 2853

E-mail: [email protected]

Computers in Railways XIIComputer System Design andOperation in the Railway and OtherTransit Systems

This volume features the proceedings of theTwelfth International Conference onComputer System Design and Operation inthe Railway and other Transit Systems. Thisbook updates the use of computer-basedtechniques, promoting their generalawareness throughout the businessmanagement, design, manufacture andoperation of railways and other advancedpassenger, freight and transit systems. It willbe of interest to railway managers,consultants, railway engineers (including

signal and control engineers), designers ofadvanced train control systems and computerspecialists.The COMPRAIL series has become theworld forum for all major advances in thisimportant field, and this latest conferencevolume highlights themes of great currentinterest. These are: Planning; Safety andSecurity; Advanced Train Control; DriversOperations; Communications; EnergySupply and Management; OperationsQuality; Timetable Planning; Level Crossingand Obstacle Detection; ComputerTechniques; Dynamics and Wheel/RailInterface; Maintenance; Rolling Stocks;Training Tools and Technology; ConditionMonitoring; Asset Management; Maglevand High Speed Railway; PassengerInformation Systems; Train Regulations;Metro and Other Transit Systems; AdvancedTrain Control.WIT Transactions on The BuiltEnvironment, Vol 114ISBN: 978-1-84564-468-0eISBN: 978-1-84564-469-7Forthcoming /apx1000pp /apx£380.00/US$760.00/€532.00

Edited by: B. NING, Beijing JiaotongUniversity, China and C.A. BREBBIA,Wessex, Institute of Technology, UK


Recommended